ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your search history is empty.
feed icon rss

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (397)
  • English  (311)
  • German  (92)
  • Finnish
  • French
  • 2020-2024  (124)
  • 1980-1984  (268)
  • 1940-1944  (5)
  • 1930-1934  (2)
  • AWI Library  (397)
Collection
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-691-1984
    In: Research in Svalbard
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 180 S.
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Copenhagen : Nyt Nordisk Forl.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-553-9
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 36 S. : Ill.
    ISBN: 8717029635
    ISSN: 0106-1054
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland : Bioscience 9
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Call number: AWI P6-09-0022 ; ZSP-597-175 ; ZSP-597-175(2. Ex.) ; ZSP-597-175(3. Ex.)
    In: Skrifter
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 130 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. + 2 Kt.-Beil.
    ISBN: 8290307160
    Series Statement: Skrifter / Norsk Polarinstitutt 175
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polarforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168/A-1 ; ZSP-168/A-1(2. Ex.)
    In: Berichte zur Polarforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 48 S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polarforschung : Sonderheft 1
    Uniform Title: A visitor's Introduction to the Antarctic and its environment
    Language: German
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Jena : Zeiss-Aerotopograph
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI E3-14-0024
    In: Deutsche antarktische Expedition 1938/39 mit dem Flugzeugstützpunkt der Deutschen Lufthansa A. G. M. S. "Schwabenland", Kapitän A. Kottas, ausgeführt unter der Leitung von Kapitän A. Ritscher
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Seite 157-230 , Illustrationen , 3 Kartenbeilagen, 2 Stereobrillen, 1 Beilage ([26] S.)
    Series Statement: Deutsche Antarktische Expedition 1938/39 Band 1: Wissenschaftliche und fliegerische Ergebnisse
    Language: German
    Note: In Fraktur
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: AWI G2-98-0365 ; M 93.0402
    In: Contributions to sedimentology
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IV, 210 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 3510570138
    ISSN: 0343-4125
    Series Statement: Contributions to sedimentology 13
    Classification:
    Petrology, Petrography
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-1
    In: Berichte zur Polarforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 50 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polarforschung 1
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    facet.materialart.
    Unknown
    Leningrad : Vsesoj. im. Lenina Naučno-Issl. Geol. Institut im A. P. Karpinskogo
    Call number: AWI K-96-0595(1-16) ; AWI K-96-0522(1-16)
    Pages: 1 Kt. auf 16 Bl. : mehrfarb. ; Gesamtgr. 337 x 206 cm
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: In kyrill. Schr. - Legende russ. u. engl.
    Location: 16
    Location: 16
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI P2-88-0760-3
    In: Antarctica and international law, Volume 3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 551 Seiten
    ISBN: 0379203325
    Language: English
    Note: Arrangement of Volume III: Part VIII Germany. - Part IX Federal Republic of Germany. - Part X Japan. - Part XI New Zealand. - Part XII Norway. - Part XIII Peru. - Part XIV Poland. - Part XV South Africa. - Part XVI Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. - Part XVII United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. - Part XVIII United States of America. - Part XIX Uruguay.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: ZSP-553-8
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 392 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 8717029697
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland : Geoscience 8
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91504
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 118, (38) S. , graph. Darst.
    Language: German
    Note: Göttingen, Univ., Diss., 1981 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS: 1. EINLEITUNG. - 2. PROBENHERKUNFT UND STRATIGRAPHIE. - 3. PROBENBESCHREIBUNG. - 4. ANALYSENVERFAHREN. - 4.1. Messung des Gesamt- und organischen Kohlenstoffs der Proben. - 4.1.1. Messung des Gesamtkohlenstoffs. - 4.1.2. Messung des organischen Kohlenstoffs. - 4.1.3. Berechnung des Karbonatkohlenstoffs. - 4.2. Präparation und Messung der Isotope. - 4.2.1. Präparation für die Karbonatisotopenmessung. - 4.2.2. Präparation für die Corg-Isotopenmessung. - 4.2.3. Präparation für die CBit-Isotopenmessung. - 4.2.4. Durchführung der Isotopenmessung. - 4.3. Röntgenographische Methoden. - 4.3.1. Übersichtsaufnahmen. - 4.3.2. Röntgenographische Bestimmung des Calcit/Dolomit-Verhältnisses an Proben mit einem Karbonatanteil 〉 90 %. - 4.4. Chromatographische Methoden. - 4.4.1. Dünnschichtchromatographie. - 4.4.2. Gaschromatographie. - 4.5. Extraktionsverfahren. - 4.5.1. Soxhletextraktion. - 4.5.2. Ultraschallextraktion. - 4.5.3. Gegenüberstellung der beiden Extraktionsverfahren hinsichtlich ihrer Verwendbarkeit für organogeochemische Analysen. - 5. VERTEILUNG DES ORGANISCHEN KOHLENSTOFFS IM PHANEROZOIKUM. - 6. BESCHREIBUNG DER ERGEBNISSE DER ISOTOPENANALYSEN. - 6.1. Kohlenstoff- und Sauerstoffisotope der Karbonatfraktion. - 6.1.1. Kohlenstoffisotope des Karbonatkohlenstoffs. - 6.1.2. Sauerstoffisotope der Karbonatfraktion. - 6.1.2. Proben mit auffallend abweichenden Isotopenwerten. - 6.2. Isotopenmessungen am organischen Kohlenstoff. - 6.2.1. Definitionen. - 6.2.2. Kohlenstoffisotopenmessung am gesamten organischen Material. - 6.2.3. Die Kohlenstoffisotope der Bitumenfraktion. - 7. DISKUSSION DER ISOTOPENWERTE. - 7.1. Diskussion der Isotopenwerte des Karbonatkohlenstoffs. - 7.2. Diskussion der Isotopenwerte des Karbonatsauerstoffs. - 7.3. Diskussion einiger Karbonate mit von marinen Isotopenwerten abweichenden Ergebnissen. - 7.3.1. Proben mit ungewöhnlich niedrigen Kohlenstoff-Isotopenwerten. - 7.3.2. Proben mit sehr schweren δ18O-Werten. - 7.4. Diskussion der δ13C org- und der δ13CBit- Werte. - 7.4.1. Veränderungen der Isotopenzusammensetzung auf dem Wege vom lebenden Organismus zum sedimentären Kerogen und Bitumen und die Bedeutung der Photosynthese. - 7.4.2. Diskussion der Isotopenwerte. - 7.4.2.1. Ergebnisse der Isotopenmessungen am gesamten organischen Kohlenstoff (Corg). - 7.4.2.2. Ergebnisse der Isotopenmessungen der Bitumenfraktion. - 8. ERGEBNISSE UND DISKUSSION DER ORGANOGEOCHEMISCHEN ANALYSEN. - 8.1. Veränderungen in der chemischen Zusammensetzung der Biomasse auf dem Weg zum sedimentären organischen Material. - 8.2. Entstehung, Verteilung und Signifikanz der n-Alkane. - 8.2.1. Die Rolle der Fettsäure als n-Alkan Vorläufer. - 8.2.2. Umwandlung von Fettsäuren in n-Alkane. - 8.2.3. Charakteristische n-Alkan Verteilungsmuster. - 8.2.4. Der CPI-Wert. - 8.2.5.- Die Isoprenoide Pristan und Phytan. - 8.3. Diskussion der gaschromategraphischen Analysen. - 9. ZUSAMMENHÄNGE ZWISCHEN DEN ISOTOPENANALYSEN UND DEN ERGEBNISSEN DER ORGANOGEOCHEMISCHEN ANALYSE. - 10. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG. - 11. LITERATURVERZEICHNIS. - ANHANG.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91505
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 146 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Language: English
    Note: Groningen, Univ., Diss., 1983 , CONTENTS: INTRODUCTION. - CHAPTER 1. ANALYTICAL AND PREPARATIVE TECHNIQUES. - 1.1. Introduction. - 1.2. Isotope mass spectrometry of H, O and C. - 1.2.1. 2H analysis of H2. - 1.2.2. 18O and 13C analysis of CO2. - 1.3. Preparation of H2 from H2O and organic compounds. - 1.3.1. Combustion and reduction system. - 1.3.1.1. Automated vacuum taps. - 1.3.1.2. Automated cold trap. - 1.3.1.3. Automated combustion. - 1.3.1,4, Membrane pump. - 1.3.2. Performance and results. - 1.3.2.1. H2O samples. - 1.3.2.1. Organic samples. - 1.4. Preparation of CO2 from H2O and organic compounds. - 1.4.1. Introduction. - 1.4.2. Review of the available methods for extracting oxygen. - 1.4.3. Sealed nickel tube pyrolysis. - 1.4.3.1. Principle. - 1.4.3.2. Realization. - 1.4.3.3. Technical details. - 1.4.3.4. Results and calibration. - 1.4.3.5. 18O analysis of some organic pounds 1.4.3.5. δ2H of hydrogen produced by the SNTP method. - 1.5. Preparation of carbon dioxide for 13C analysis. - 1.6. Separation of cellulose from wood and peat. - 1.6.1. Introduction. - 1.6.2. Separation of cellulose from wood. - 1.6.3. Separation of cellulose from peat. - 1.6.4 Nitration and drying of cellulose. - CHAPTER 2. 18O FRACTIONATION BETWEEN CO2 AND H2O. - 2.1. Introduction. - 2.2. 18O analysis of H2O. - 2.3. Equilibration with CO2. - 2.4. Mass spectrometric analyses. - 2.5. Results anddiscussion. - CHAPTER 3. FACTORS AFFECTING THE 2H/1H AND 18O/16O RATIO OF PLANT CELLULOSE. - 3.1. Survey of factors affecting the 2H/1H and 18O/16O ratio. - 3.2. Isotopic composition of precipitation. - 3.3. Leaf-water isotopic enrichment. - 3.3.1. Theoretical. - 3.3.2. Measurement of leaf-water enrichment. - 3.3.2.1. Trees. - 3.3.2.2. Bog plants. - 3.4. Biochemical fractionation. - CHAPTER 4. 2H, 18O AND 13C VARIATIONS IN TREE RINGS. - 4.1. Introduction. - 4.2. Methods and material. - 4.3. Results and discussion. - 4.3.1. Intra-ring variations. - 4.3.1.1. Late wood. - 4.3.1.2. Differences between early wood and late wood. - 4.3.2. Inter-ring variations. - CHAPTER 5. 2H, 18O AND 13C VARIATIONS IN PEAT. - 5.1. Introduction. - 5.2. δ2H, δ18O and δ13C values of bog plants. - 5.2.1. Material and method. - 5.2.2. δ18O and δ2H. - 5.2.3. δ13C 5.3. Engbertsdijksveen I. - 5.3. Introduction. - 5.3.2. Description of the local vegetational succession. - 5.3.3. Cellulose preparation. - 5.3.4. The δ2H and δ18O record. - 5.4. Engbertsdijksveen VII. - 5.4.1. Introduction. - 5.4.2. Description of the local vegetational succession. - 5.4.3. The δ2H and δ18O record. - 5.4.4. The δ13C record. - 5.5. Comparison between Engbertsdijksveen I and VII. - 5.6. Conclusions. - Appendix. - REFERENCES. - SUMMARY. - SAMENVATTING. - ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: ZSP-980-80
    In: ZfI-Mitteilungen, Nr. 80
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 158 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0323-8776
    Series Statement: ZfI-Mitteilungen 80
    Language: German , Russian , English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: ZUSAMMENFASSUNGEN DER VORTRÄGE. - Beiträge der Isotopengeologie zur Aufklärung des kontinentalen Wachstums / K. Wetzel. - Ein quantitatives Modell des Schwefelkreislaufes mit Berücksichtigung der Isotopenverhältnisse / G. Weise, K. Wetzel. - Die Prozesse der Stoffumwandlungen in den Anfangsstadien der Erbildung und die Isotopenzusammensetzung des endogenen Stickstoffs / W. F. Wolynez. - Problema juvenil'nosti v izotopnoj geologii / Ju. A. Borščevskij. - Zur Theorie von Isotopenaustauschgleichgewichten in komplizierten natürlichen Systemen / R. Haberlandt, G. Christoph. - Zur Berechnung und Interpretation natürlicher Isotopenvariationen in Alumosilikaten / G. Christoph. - The use of statistical mechanical perturbation theory for the calculation and interpretation of isotopic fractionation factors / M. Wolfsberg. - Relationship between anomalies in the relative abundance of 18O, 17O, 16O and anomalies in the temperature dependence of isotopic fractionation factors / M. Wolfsberg. - Metod rasčeta izotopnych effektov v prirodnych mineralach po približennoj modeli "Razdel'nych Kolebanin" / S. I. Gol'šev, N. L. Padalko. - Intramolekulare Sauerstoffisotopengeothermometrie an Hydrosilicaten / H. Schütze. - Der 18O-Index. Ein isotopengeochemisches Konzept / H. Schütze. - Matematičeskii analiz frakcionirovanija izotopov ugleroda v živoi kletke / A. A. Ivlev. - Anwendung der modifizierten Zelltheorie zur Berechnung von Zustandseigenschaften dichter isotopensubstituierter Fluide / H.-L. Vörtler, J. Heybey. - Statistisch-mechanische Behandlung der Unterschiede im Adsorptionsverhalten isotopischer Spezies / H. Heybey, H.-L. Vörtler. - Theoretische Untersuchungen zu Adsorptionsisotopieeffekten von Erdgaskomponenten unter erhöhten Drücken / J. Heybey, P. Harting. - Experimentelle Untersuchungen zu speziellen Adsorptionsisotopieeffekten unter geologischen Bedingungen / P. Harting, K. Weingart, H. Heybey. - Die Isotopenzusammensetzung (O, H, C, S, N) des Erdmantels / H. Hoefs. - Neodym- und Strontiumisotope und ihre Anwendung auf TR-Mineralisation / S. B. Brandt, W. S. Lepin, W. N. Solodjankina, T. I. Kolosnizyna. - Zur Veränderung der isotopischen Zusammensetzung des Sauerstoffs von Cherts und Carbonaten im Prozess der Diagenese/Metamorphose / O. Gebhardt, H. Schütze. - The isotopic study of Boron in the process of formation of ore deposits / V. I. Ustinov, V. A. Grinenko, S. M. Aleksandrov, T. R. Ivanova. - Temperaturnyj profil' redkometal'nogo mestoroždenija po izotopno-kislorodnym dannym / Ju. A. Borščevskij, S. N. Gavrikova, N. I. Medvedovskaja, V. Ja. Fedčuk. - Biogennye faktory forminrovanija izotopnogo sostava ugleroda organičeskogo veščestva porod facial'no-genetičeskogo tipa / A. A. Ivlev, R. G. Pankina, M. V. Dachnova. - Izotopnyj sostav ugleroda frakcij nefti i organičeskogo veščestva porod / M. G. Frik, Ė. M. Galimov. - Stable isotope ratios in natural gas components separated by gas chromatography / G. Hut. - C-Isotopenuntersuchungen zur Entwicklung des Altpaläozoikums im Thüringischen Schiefergebirge / K. Hahne, I. Maaß, H. Lützner, J. Ellenberg, F. Falk, E. Grumbt. - Isotopengeochemische, thermobarogeochemische und elementgeochemische Untersuchungen an einer hydrothermalen Fluorit-Mineralisaton aus dem Südteil der DDR / G. Strauch, H. Kämpf, R. Thomas, M. Geisler, G. Haase, G. Stiehl. - Untersuchungen zur Isotopenfraktionierung des Stickstoffs in den Systemen NH4+/NH3 und N3- /N2 / H.-M. Nitzsche, G. Stiehl. - δ15N-Profile in der Bodenzone und ihre zeitlichen Veränderungen / H. Hübner. - Izotopnyj sostav ugleroda karbonatov v mestoroždenijach samorodnoj sery / V. I. Kityk, B. I. Srebrodol'skij. - Untersuchungen zur Fraktionierung der Schwefelisotope bei der chemischen und biochemischen Oxydation von Sulfid zu Sulfat / I. Maaß, J. Heyer, K. Wetzel, G. Weise. - Selective determination of quantitative and isotopic composition of sulphur-minerals associations / V. I. Ustinov, V. A. Grinenko. - Untersuchungen zur CO2-Resorption aus thermoindifferenten Kohledioxidmineralwasserbädern durch die Haut des Menschen / G. Hübner, I. Maaß, C. Epperlein, G. Plötner, H. Jordan. - Frakcionirovanie izotopov ugleroda metanobrazujušimi bakterijami pri ich roste na različnych substratach / M. V. Ivanov, S. S. Beljaev, A. M. Ėjakun, V. A. Boidar', K. S. Laurinavičus, O. V. Šipin. - Izotopnyj sostav ugleroda metana, obrazuemogo mikroorganizmami v prirode / M. V. Ivanov, K. S. Laurinavičus, V. A. Bondar', S. S. Beljaev. - Isotopenhydrologische Untersuchungen - Arbeiten aus dem GSF-Institut für Radiohydrometrie / H. Moser. - Tritium im Niederschlag Antarktikas - Aussagen zur globalen Verteilung / D. Herbert. - Untersuchung der Beziehung der Deuteriumkonzentration zwischen atmosphärischem Wasserdampf und Niederschlägen im Gebiet der Schirmacheroase / Ostantarktis / P. Kowski. - Isotopenhydrologische und hydeochemische Charakterisierung von Seen im Gebiet der Schirmacher-Oase, Ostantarktika / W. Richter, U. Wand, G. Strauch, P. Kowski, W. Kurze. - Isotopenglaziologische Untersuchungen zur Klärung der Herkunft des Inlandeiskörpers südlich der Schirmacheroase / Ostantarktis / W.-D. Hermichen, P. Kowski. - Carbon-13 in atmospheric CO2: 1977-1981 / W. G. Mook, C. D. Keeling. - Anwendung von H2 18O auf ökologische und pflanzenphysiologische Fragestellungen / H. Förstel. - Komplexe Isotopenuntersuchungen an armenischen Mineralwässern / R. Trettin, A. Hiller, E. S. Chalatjan. - Die isotope Zusammensetzung des Kristallwassers von Carnalliten und ihrer Ausgangslösungen / H.-D. Schmiedl, K. Koch, T. Böttger, G. Stiehl, J. Pilot. - Zur hydrologischen Interpretation von Isotopendaten im Zusammenhang mit Stofftransportvorgängen / H. Jordan, D. Hebert, K. Fröhlich, R. Gellermann, R.-P. Schols. - Zwei neue Standards zur massenspektrometrischen Isotopenhäufigkeitsbestimmung von Wasserstoff, Kohlenstoff und Sauerstoff im Bereich natürlicher Häufigkeiten / M. Herrmann, H. Gerstenberger. - Methoden der chemischen Konzentrierung und Identifizierung bei der Suche nach seltenen Radionukliden in der Natur / H. Bruchertseifer. - Die Anwendung der ultraempfindlichen Massenspektrometrie zur Isotopenanalytik / H.-J. Dietze, S. Becker. - Möglichkeiten des Nachweises superschwerer Elemente mit massenspektrometrischen Methoden / S. Becker, H.-J. Dietze. - Isotope analysis on nano-mole gas samples / S. Hałas. - Neue Möglichkeiten zur Freisetzung von Messgasen für die massenspektrometrische Isotopenanalysis aus Feststoffen / G. Müller, D. Hessel, H. Zahn, K. Mühle. - Die Kontrolle der Standardmeßbedingungen bei C-14-Datierungen / J. Görsdorf. - Raspredelenie izotopa 14C v različnych uglerodsoderžaščich materialach i frakcijach paleopočv v svjazi s geologičeskimi uslovijami zachoronečnija / L. A. Orlova, V. A. Panyčev, I. V. Nikolaeva. - Some variations in the isotopic composition of uranogenic and thorogenic lead and their significance for investigations of geochronology and genesis of ore and rocks / B. G. Amov. - Neue Daten für die Beiisotopenverhältnisse in Feldspäten aus dem Kristallinkomplex, den Graniten und Erzen Südbulgariens / B. Amow, V. Arnaudow, Z. Baldjiewa, M. Pawlowa. - 40Ar/39Ar-Altersspektren eines Biotits / G. Kaiser, J. Pilot. - Kalium-Calcium-Isochronen für Sylvinite des sibirischen Tafellandes / W. S. Lepin, T. W. Jegorowa, S. B. Brandt. - Beitrag zur Klärung der Genese west- und mittelerzgebirigischer Granite anhand von SR-87/SR-86-Verhältnissen / H. Gerstenberger, G. Haase. - Zur geochronologisch-genetischen Modellierung von Granitoiden im Westerzgebirge und Vogtland / Th. Kaemmel. - Zur Abschätzung von Altersunterschieden innerhalb des Erzgebirgsplutons auf grund von Isotopenaltern / Th. Kaemmel. - Theoretische Aspekte zur radiogeochronologischen Datierung von Gesteinen und Mineralen / G. Christoph. - Die Verteilung der Strontium-90 und Cäsium-137 im Wasserkörper der Ostsee 1975-1982 / D. Weiß, E. Ettenhub
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bonn : Federal Republic of Germany, Press and Public Relations Department
    Call number: AWI P6-18-91970
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: iv, 169 Seiten
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: Introduction. - International co-operation. - Intergovernmental co-operation. - Non-governmental co-operation. - I. Scientific Programme. - 1. Astronomy. - 2. Biological Sciences. - 2.1 The marine ecosystem and its living resources. - 2.1.1 Food resources, phytoplankton production and zooplankton. - 2.1.2 The role of the benthos. - 2.1.3 The role of micro-organisms. - 2.1.4 Distribution and incidence of seals in the pack-ice of the Weddell Sea. - 2.1.5 Distribution and life history of fishes. - 2.1.6 Large-scaie distribution and drift of krill. - 2.1.7 Composition and behaviour of krill shoals. - 2.1.8 Preservation and processing of krill. - 2.2 The adaptation of antarctic marine organisms to their environment. - 2.2.1 Experiments and marine studies on .the ecophysiology of krill. - 2.2.2 Temperature regulation and food requirements of warm-blooded antarctic animals. - 2.2.3 Growth, digestive system and food economy of antarctic fishes. - 2.2.4 Freezing resistance of sea animals. - 2.2.5 Taxonomy of antarctic marine organisms. - 2.3 Terrestrial biology in Antarctica. - 2.3.1 Temperature adjustments in the reproductive biology of antarctic birds. - 2.3.2 Biochemical bases of growth processes in poikilothermic organisms at very low temperatures. - 2.3.3 Nutritional biology of poikilothermic herbivora. - 2.3.4 Study of lichens, fungi and bacteria in Antarctica and on offshore islands. - 2.3.5 Photosynthesis and heterotrophic life cycle of plants at very low temperatures. - 2.4 Environmental protection in Antarctica. - 2.5 Human biology and medicine in polar regions. - 3. Geodesy, Cartography and Remote Sensing. - 3.1 Satellite geodesy. - 3.2 Doppler satellite positioning. - 3.3 Geodetic mapping of ice-free areas. - 3.4 Remote-sensing by satellite. - 4. Geology and Geophysics. - 4.1 Study of drift processes as a contribution to the geological history of Antarctica. - 4.1.1 Study of magnetic structures by means of aeromagnetic photography. - 4.1.2 Paleomagnetic studies of drift evolution. - 4.1.3 Micro-earthquakes as indicators of tectonic activity. - 4.1.4 Earth tides and natural oscillations of the earth. - 4.2 Studies of the structure of crust and mantle. - 4.2.1 Structure of the basement complex of the transantarctic mountain chain in the area east of the Filchner Ice Shelf. - 4.2.2 Structure of the basement of the Weddell Sea, the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf, and the peripheral area. - 4.2.3 Oldest and highly metamorphous rocks of the East Antarctic. - 4.3 Stratigraphy, tectonics and magmatism in the mobile areas. - 4.3.1 Mobile fringe areas of the East Antarctic. - 4.3.2 Paleozoic and mesozoic mountains(Beacon upper group) in the transantarctic mountains. - 4.3.3 Early paleozoic to cainozoic orogenes in the area around the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf. - 4.4 Study of exogenous processes under extremely cold conditions. - 4.4.1 Glacial geology and geomorphology. - 4.4.2 Weathering and detrital formation. - 4.5 Geoscientific marine research. - 5. Glaciology. - 5.1 Volume and dynamics of the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf. - 5.2 Determining the extent and thickness of the ice and its temporal variation in the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf sector and peripheral areas. - 5.3 Determining the composition and inner structure of the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf on the basis of geophysical surface measurements. - 5.4 Studies of the dynamics of the pack-ice in the Weddell Gyre. - 5.5 Physical characteristics of ocean ice. - 5.6 Glaciological drillings. - 5.7 Chemical composition and accumulation genesis of antarctic background aerosol; global transport of trace gases and aerosols. - 5.8 Study of the elastic and rheological characteristics of ice, its heat conductability and texture affected by deformation. - 6. Upper Atmosphere and Extraterrestrial Physics. - 6.1 Investigation of whistlers and VLF radio emissions (chorus, hiss, etc) at conjugated points. - 6.2 Study of terresterial magnetic pulsations at conjugated points. - 6.3 Study of atmospherics to obtain more precise data on worldwide thunderstorms. - 6.4 Measurements of the aero-electric field. - 6.5 Balloon-based study of the ionosphere in the light of Mg t resonance lines. - 6.6 Measurement of the vertical distribution of ozone, steam and aerosol up to an altitude of 30 km. - 6.7 Measurements of emission in the infrared 9.6 µ ozone band from the ground. - 6.8 Other projects which may be carried out simultaneously with the above or later. - 6.9 Proposed basic terrestrial magnetic equipment for the Antarctic Station. - 6.10 Meteorite search expedition. - 6.11 Study of micrometeorites and cosmic dust. - 7. Meteorology and Oceanography. - 7.1 Meteorology. - 7.1.1 Atmospheric boundary stratum. - 7.1.2 Study of stratospheric circulation. - 7.1.3 Measurement of trace gases over long periods. - 7.1.4 Other research projects. - 7.1.5 Weather service observations and consultations. - 7.1.6 Basic meteorological equipment for the Antarctic Station. - 7.2 Physical oceanography. - 7.2.1 Formation and extent of bottom water in the Atlantic sector of the circumantarctic ocean. - 7.2.2 Numeric simulation of the vertical flows of material, energy and impulses. - 7 2.3 Time scales of transportation in deep water with the aid of radioactive trace elements. - 7.2.4 Detection of heavy metals in the Antarctic Ocean. - 7.2.5 Fishery oceanography in circumantarctic waters. - 7.2.6 Other research projects. - 8. Engineering Sciences. - 8.1 Shipbuilding technology. - 8.1.1 Measuring and testing programme regarding the performance of vessels in ice and technical developments in the construction of ice-going vessels. - 8.2 Iceberg location and navigation. - 8.2.1 Iceberg location. - 8.2.2 Development of precision positioning systems (also for dynamic positioning) to ensure noninterference with signals transmitted through ice and water masses of different thicknesses. - 8.3 Construction techniques. - 8.4 Exploration techniques. - 8.5 Other topics. - The Antarctic Research Station. - The Polar Research and Supply Ship. - The Polar Research Institute. - Institutions contributing to the Programme.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Leipzig : Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR, Zentralinstitut für Isotopen- und Strahlenforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-980-46
    In: ZfI-Mitteilungen, Nr. 46
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 134 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: ZfI-Mitteilungen 46
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Nichtkonstante relative Atommassen als Folge variierender Isotopenhäufigkeiten polynuklider Elemente und ihre Auswirkungen auf die Richtigkeit analytischer Meßwerte bei der Elementanalytik / H. Gerstenberger. - Massenspektrographische Analyse an Standardgesteinsproben / H.-J. Dietze. - Methodische Untersuchungen zur massenspektrographischen Analyse an geologischen Proben mit relativ hohen Seltenerdengehalten / S. Becker, H.-J. Dietze. - Massenspektrographische Analyse von Calciumfluorid-Einkristallen / H.-J. Dietze, H. Zahn. - Gammaaktivierungsanalyse am Mikrotron MT 22 : analytische Möglichkeiten für geologische Proben und Rohsilizium, Bestimmung von Blei / M. Geisler, H. Gerstenberger. - Zur Korrektur von Inhomogenitäten des Reaktorneutronenflusses bei der Aktivierungsanalyse / M. Geisler, H. Schelhorn. - Instrumentelle Aktivierungsanalyse von Molybdäniten / M. Geisler, H. Schelhorn. - Bestimmung von Osmium in Molybdäniten / H. Schelhorn, M. Geisler. - Instrumentelle Aktivierungsanalyse von Flugstaub / M. Geisler. - Aktivierungsanalytische Kontrolle von Spurenelementen bei der Gallium-Diffusion in Silizium / M. Geisler. - Übersicht über bisher erschienene Hefte der ZfI-Mitteilungen.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: ZSP-980-100
    In: ZfI-Mitteilungen, Nr. 100
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 184 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: ZfI-Mitteilungen 100
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 15 Jahre Zentralinstitut für Isotopen- und Strahlenforschung der AdW der DDR / K. Wetzel. - Spurenanalyse mittels Ionisationsgasanalyse in der Mikroelektronik / H.-J. Große, P. Popp. - Beiträge der Isotopenforschung im ZfI zum Erkenntnisgewinn in den Geowissenschaften / R. Haberlandt, H. Schütze. - Radioisotopentechnik in der chemischen Industrie / G. Hoffmann. - EDV und moderne Informatik - wesentliche Elemente der Intensivierung des Forschungsprozesses im ZfI / L. Jankowski. - Nukleare Analyseverfahren in der Halbleiterindustrie / H. Koch. - Radionuklide in der Energetik / J. W. Leonhardt. - Ergebnisse der strahlenchemischen Grundlagenforschung und Entwicklungstendenzen der Strahlenchemie / W. Reicherdt. - Gewinnung von Wertmetallen aus Abprodukten / M. Rösseler. - Zur Isotopenproduktion am ZfI / G. Vormum.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Leipzig : Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR, Zentralinstitut für Isotopen- und Strahlenforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-980-95
    In: ZfI-Mitteilungen, Nr. 95
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VI, 150 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: ZfI-Mitteilungen 95
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Einleitung. - 1.1. Ausgangssituation. - 1.2. Bestrahlungsanlagen als Basis strahlenchemischer Untersuchungen und Verfahren. - 1.3. Anforderungen der Praxis an ein Programmsystem zur Berechnung von Strahlenfeldern in γ-Bestrahlungsanlagen. - 2. Ableitung des Grundmodells. - 2.1. Ausgangspunkt. - 2.1.1. Punktförmige Strahlenquelle. - 2.1.2. Linienförmige Strahlenquelle. - 2.1.3. Anordnung mehrerer Strahlenquellen. - 2.2. Zugrundegelegte Struktur von Bestrahlungsanlage und Strahlenfeld. - 2.3. Geometrische Zusammenhänge. - 2.4. Berechnung der Bestrahlungsdosisleistung in einem Feldpunkt. - 3. Das Programm DOSKMF2. - 3.1. Übersicht. - 3.2. Eingabe. - 3.3. Aktivitätskorrektur. - 3.4. Auswahl der Feldpunkte. - 3.4.1. Zylinderkoordinaten. - 3.4.2. Quaderkoordinaten. - 3.4.3. Auswahl von Einzelpunkten. - 3.4.4. Variation der Rohrpositionen 3.5. Zyklusgestaltung, statistische Maßzahlen und Aufbereitung für graphische Ausgabe. - 3.5.1. Zylinderkoordinaten. - 3.5.2 Quaderkoordinaten. - 3.6. Programmtechnische Lösung. - 3.6.1. Struktur des Programms. - 3.6.2. Aufruf. - 3.6.3. Einschränkungen und programmtechnische Hinweise. - 3.7. Ein Demonstrationsbeispiel. - 3.7.1. Aufgabenstellung. - 3.7.2. Festlegung der Parameter. - 3.7.3. Resultate. - 4. Nutzung der graphischen Ausgabe. - 4.1. Ausgangspunkt und Voraussetzungen. - 4.2. Das Programm ISORADL. - 4.2.1. Übersicht. - 4.2.2. Die Programme ISOQ, ISOA. - 4.2.3. Problemlösung. - 4.2.4. Programmtechnische Lösung. - 4.2.5. Demonstrationsbeispiel. - 5. Einsatzmöglichkeiten des Programmpaketes. - 5.1. Übersicht. - 5.2. Prüfen von Voraussetzungen. - 5.3. Wechselwirkung Programmpaket-Realität. - 6. Berechnung und Modifikation von Strahlenfeldern bestehender Gammabestrahlungsanlagen. - 6.1. Technische Voraussetzungen. - 6.2. Prüfen der Anwendungsbedingungen für den Programmeinsatz. - 6.3. Durchgeführte Berechnungen. - 6.3.1. Aufklärung der Struktur des vorliegenden Strahlenfeldes. - 6.3.2. Darstellung typischer Bestrahlungskonfigurationen. - 6.3.2.1. Bestrahlung im Käfig. - 6.3.2.2. Bestrahlung flächenartiger Objekte. - 6.4. Berechnungen für eine neue Strahlenquellenkonfiguration. - 6.5. Schlußfolgerungen. - 7. Einsatz des Programmpaketes als Projektierungshilfsmittel. - 7.1. Nutzung für die Pilotanlage des PCK Bitterfeld. - 7.1.1. Vorbemerkungen. - 7.1.2. Berechnungen für Modellreaktoren. - 7.1.3. Auslegung eines Reaktors für die Pilotanlage. - 7.1.4. Kontrollrechnungen zur Dosimetrie des gefertigten Reaktors. - 7.2. Nutzung für eine industrielle Anlage des VEB PROWIKO Schönebeck. - 7.2.1. Vorbemerkungen. - 7.2.2. Entwurf eines Modellreaktors. - 7.2.3. Schlußfolgerungen für den Entwurf einer industriellen Anlage. - 8. Einige Gedanken zur Wechselwirkung Strahlenfeldberechnung - Dosimetrie am Beispiel zweier umschlossener γ-Bestrahlungsanlagen. - 8.1. Vorbemerkungen. - 8.2. Beschreibung der für den Vergleich wesentlichen Anlagenparameter. - 8.3. Durchgeführte dosimetrische Messungen. - 8.4. Durchgeführte Strahlenfeldberechnungen. - 8.5. Diskussion der Ergebnisse. - 9. Erweiterte Nutzungsmöglichkeiten und Ausblick. - 10. Zusammenfassung. - Literaturverzeichnis. - Verzeichnis der Abbildungen. - Verzeichnis der Tabellen.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: ZSP-980-28
    In: ZfI-Mitteilungen, Nr. 28
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 225 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: ZfI-Mitteilungen 28
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Eröffnungsvortrag: Die Entwicklung der Isotopen- und Strahlenforschung in der DDR / K. Wetzel. - Neuere Arbeiten zur Stoffanalytik / G. Brunner. - Die Entwicklung der massenspektroskopischen Elementspurenanalyse / H.-J. Dietze. - Anwendung der theoretischen Physik in der Isotopen- und Strahlenforschung / R. Haberlandt. - Zur Anwendung radioaktiver tracer in der Industrie / H. Koch. - Die Wechselwirkung von Kernstrahlung mit Gasen - Grundlagen und Anwendungen / J. Leonhardt, J. Boes, H.-J. Grosse, P. Popp. - Stand und Entwicklungstendenzen der strahlenchemischen Forschung / W. Reicherdt. - Die Trennung, Gewinnung und Nutzung von Spaltprodukten / M. Roesseler. - Isotope in der Natur / H. Schuetze. - Beteiligung des Zentralinstitutes für Isotopen- und Strahlenforschung im Rahmen der DDR-Antarktisforschung während der 23. Sowjetischen Antarktisexpedition (SAE) 1977-1979 / G. Strauch, D. Fritzsche. - Radionuklide in Diagnostik und Therapie / Dr. Vormum. - Übersicht über die bisher erschienenen Nummern der ZfI-Mitteilungen.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New Delhi : Amerind Publishing
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91897
    Description / Table of Contents: This publication is concerned with problems of the origin, evolution and paleogeography of the Arctic Ocean and its coast during the Tertiary and Quaternary periods. Much emphasis is placed on the evolution of modern Arctic flora and fauna, both terrestrial and aquatic. All these problems are discussed on the basis of hydrological, paleontological, biogeographical, climatological and archaeological data presented at the AII-Union symposium held in Leningrad during April 1-6, 1968. This is a unique encyclopedia on the Arctic. lt will be of interest to many research workers - geographers, geologists, biologists, hydrologists and all who deal with problems of the geological history and paleogeography of the Northern Hemisphere.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 564 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Uniform Title: Severnyi Ledovityi Okean i Ego Poberezh'e v Kainozoe
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: PREFACE. - SECTION I. HISTORY OF THE ARCTIC OCEAN IN THE CENOZOIC ERA. - Linear and Areal Morphostructures of the Arctic Ocean Floor / V. D. Dibner. - Fluctuations in Arctic Climate as Revealed by Floor Sediment Analysis / N. A. Belov, N. N. Lapina. - Stratification and Rate of Accumulation of Floor Sediments of the Soviet Arctic Seas / N. N. Kulikov, N. N. Lapina, Yu. P. Semenov, N. A. Belov, M. A. Spiridonov. - Palynologic Study of Kara Sea Floor Sediment Cores / N. N. Kulikov, R. M. Khitrova. - Geologic Structure of the Glacial Shelves of the Atlantic Province of the Arctic Basin / M. A. Spiridonov. - Stratigraphy and Paleogeography of Spitsbergen in the Pleistocene / Yu. A. Lavrushin. - Role of Glaciers in Franz Josef Land Relief Formation / V. L. Sukhodrovskii. - Reconstruction of the Late- and Post-Pleistocene Arctic Basin Ice Sheet / P. M. Borisov. - Changes in the Arctic Basin since the Last Glaciation Maximum / D. P. Chizhov. - SECTION II. ARCTIC FLORA AND FAUNA AND THE HISTORY OF THEIR FORMATION. - Some Problems of Study of the Early Cenophytic Arctic Flora / L. Yu. Budantsev. - Arctic Flora and Its Historical Link with the Arctic Ocean / A. I. Tolmachev, B. A. Yurtsev. - Wide Fluctuations in Ocean Level in the Quaternary period and Their Influence on the Arctic Ocean Basin and its biological community / G. U. Lindberg. - Fresh Data on the Food of the Siberian Woolly Rhinoceros / V. E. Garutt, E. P. Meteltseva, B. A. Tikhomirov. - Characteristics of the Arctic Ocean Fauna and their significance for understanding the History of its formation / E. F. Guryanova. - Formation of macroscopic marine algal flora of the Arctic Basin / A. D. Zinova, Yu. E. Petrov. - The Concept of the Arctic origin of Pinnipeds and other solutions of this problem / K. K. Chapskii. - Ecological Adaptations of Pinnipeds in the Atlantic Province of the Polar Basin / V. A. Potelov, Yu. K. Timoshenko. - A General Review of th PIeistocene Marine Faunas of the Northern Coast of Eurasia / S. L. Troitskii. - History of the Evolution of Marine Mollusk Fauna of the Late Cenozoic Atlantic Arctic / V. S. Zarkhidze. - Late Cenozoic History of Foraminifera of the Pechora Lowland and Northern West Siberia / O. F. Baranovskaya, V. Ya. Slobodin. - Species composition of Modern Foraminifera as an Indication of the Arctic Sea's hydrological regime / S. V. Tamanova. - SECTION Ill. PALEOGEOGRAPHY OF THE NORTHERN TERRITORIES IN THE LATE CENOZOIC ERA. - Paleogeography of Northern USSR and contiguous areas of the Arctic Basin / G. S. Ganeshin. - North Eurasia in the Late Cenozoic Era / Yu. P. Degtyarenko, V. V. Zhukov, N. G. Zagorskaya, O. A. Ivanov, V. I. Kaiyalainen, Yu. N. Kulakov, A. P. Puminov, V. Ya. Slobodin, O. V. Suzdalskii. - On the History of the Migration of the Arctic Basin Shoreline in the Cenozoic Era / S. A. Strelkov. - Causes of Fluctuations in the Arctic Basin Level in the Neogene-Quaternary Period / J. L. Kuzin. - Spore-Pollen Analysis of Late Cenozoic Marine Sediments in the Reconstruction of the Paleogeography of the Arctic Coasts / N. G. Zagorskaya, F. M. Levina. - Forest Line Migration in North Asia in the Upper Pleistocene and Holocene (Based on Spore-Pollen Analysis) / R. E. Giterman, L. V. Golubeva, E. V. Koreneva, L. A. Skiba. - Holocene Transgressions and Variations in the Northern Coastline of the Kola Peninsula / B. I. Koshechkin, A. L. Kudlaeva. - Interpretation of Radiocarbon Datings of the Absolute Age of Organic Residues from the Upper Anthropogene Deposits of Fennoscandia / V. G. Chuvardinskii. - Structure and Stratigraphic Division of White Sea Bottom Deposits / V. S. Medvedev, E. N. Nevesskii, L. I. Govberg, E. S. Malyasova, R. N. Dzhinoridze, E. A. Kirienko. - Principal Stages in the History of the Vegetation of the Dvina Bay Coast of the White Sea during the Late- and Postglacial Transgression / E. S. Pleshivtseva. - Quaternary Transgressions in the Northern Russian Plain and Their Relationship with Continental Glaciations / E. N. Bylinskii. - Anthropogene Deposit-Forming Environments on Kolguev Island / O. F. Baranovskaya, T. A. Matveeva. - Cenozoic History of the Northern Coast of Europe / V. S. Zarkhidze. - Stages of Formation of the Southern Part of the Arctic Basin in Timan-Pechora Province in the Late Cenozoic Era / O. F. Baranovskaya, P. N. Safronov, G. N. Berdovskaya. - Pliocene-Pleistocene History of the Pechora Basin / V. L. Yakhimovich. - Paleogeography and Origin of Cenozoic Rocks in Soviet Europe as Revealed by Hydrochemical Data / V. D. Bezrodnov. - Study of Paleogeography and Neotectonics of Some Regions of the European Northeast by Coal Petrography / Yu. V. Stepanov. - History of the Formation of Arctic Shelf Foraminifer Fauna (Based on Data on the Timan-Ural Region) / I. N. Semenov. - Evolution of Pleistocene Marine Diatom Flora in the Northeast of Soviet Europe / E. I. Loseva. - Quaternary Deposits of the Middle Pechora and Vychegda River Basins / A. S. Lavrov. - Late Pleistocene Terraces in the Northeast of Soviet Europe and the Environments in which They were Formed / L. M. Potapenko, A. S. Lavrov. - Key Sections of the Lower Pechora and Their Importance for an Understanding of the Last Stages of the Geological Evolution of Northeastern Soviet Europe / V. S. Zarkhidze, I. I. Krasnov, M. A. Spiridonov, Yu. A. Lavrushin, I. I. Ryumina. - Siberian Elements in the Flora of the Far Northeast of Europe and Their Origin / O. V. Rebristaya. - Some Geographical Relationships of Ural Floras and Their Importance for Paleogeography / K. N. lgoshina. - Ostracod Complexes from the Late Cenozoic Marine Deposits of Northern Soviet Europe and West Siberia and Their Importance for Paleogeography / O. M. Lev. - Paleogeography of the Northern West Siberian Lowland and Russian Plain in the Late Pleistocene and Holocene / M. G. Kipiani, A. D. Kolbutov. - Mammals and Landscapes of the Northern Urals in the Late Anthropogene / I. E. Kuzmina. - Pleistocene Transgressions in Northern West Siberia and the Pechora Lowland / I. D. Danilov. - Salient Paleogeographic Features of the Pechora Lowland and Lower Ob Basin in the Neogene Epoch / P. P. Generalov, I. L. Kuzin, I. L. Zaionts, R. B. Krapivner. - Some Problems of the Quaternary Geology of Northern Soviet Europe and West Siberia / A. G. Kostyaev. - Northern West Siberia in the Pliocene and Pleistocene / O. V. Suzdalskii. - Boreal Transgressions and the Origin of Subsurface Sheet Ice Deposits / B. I. Vtyurin. - Dependence of Certain Types of Subsurface Glaciation in West Siberia on the Peculiarities of the Polar Sea / A .I. Popov. - History of Subsurface Freezing in West Siberia in the Light of Transgression of the Arctic Basin / V. V. Baulin. - New Data on the History of the Evolution of the Pre-Kazantseva and Kazantseva Vegetation in the Muzhi Urals and Southern Yamal (Based on Palynological Data) / E. E. Gurtovaya. - New Data on the Distribution of Recent Marine Deposits in West Siberia / I. L. Zaionts, Z. I. Kholodova. - Pleistocene Diatom Floras of the Yenisei North / Z. V. Aleshinskaya. - Some Upper Cenozoic Stratotypes of the Ust-Yenisei Depression / V. Ya. Slobodin. - Transgressions of the Arctic Basin and Evolution of the Yenisei North in the Pleistocene (Absolute Chronology of Events by 14C Dating) / N. V. Kind, L. D. Sulerzhitskii. - Kargin Diatoms from the Key Section of the Lower Yenisei / N. A. Khalfina. - Spread of Late Cenozoic Transgressions of the Arctic Basin in the Northwestern Central Siberian Tableland / V. D. Kryukov, V. V. Rogozhin. - Paleogeography of Northeastern Taimyr in the Quaternary Period (Based on Geological and Palynological Data) / G. N. Berdovskaya, N. A. Gei, V. M. Makeev. - Emergence and Development of Pleistocene Landscapes in the Eastern North Siberian Lowland / V. V. Zhukov, N. A. Pervuninskaya, L. Ya. Pinchuk. - History of Relief Formation in the Eastern North Siberian Lowland and the Adjoi
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: ZSP-SCAR-570-6
    In: Antarctic Research Report to SCAR, No. 6
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 38 Seiten
    ISSN: 0179-0072
    Series Statement: National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Membership of the National Committee on Antarctic Research in the Federal Republic of Germany. - Introduction. - Stations. - I. Record of Activities (past and ongoing), April 83-October 84. - II. Planned Activities, October 84-October 85. - References.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/23
    In: CRREL Report, 82-23
    Description / Table of Contents: A direct filtration, water treatment pilot plant was operated on the Kenai River at Soldotna, Alaska, during the summer of 1980. The purpose of the pilot plant operations was to determine the feasibility of the direct filtration process for removal of glacial silt. The major criterion used to determine feasibility was production of water containing less than 1.0 NTU of turbidity. For the range of raw water turbidities encountered (22-34 NTU), the pilot plant testing indicated that direct filtration was feasible and could be considered as an alternative to conventional waiter treatment plants containing sedimentation tanks.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 26 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-23
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Conversion factors: U.S. customary to metric Introduction Glacial characteristics Water treatment Materials and methods Experimental design Pilot plant intake Hydrocyclone Chemical addition system Flocculation system Filtration system Pilot plant operations Coagulant chemical preparations Flow measurement Sampling Results and discussion Kenai River w ater quality Evaluation of pilot plant testing Performance of pilot plant elements Physical and chem ical variables Conclusions Recommendations Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/2
    In: CRREL Report, 84-2
    Description / Table of Contents: Investigations of the in situ complex dielectric constant of sea ice were made using time-domain spectroscopy. It was found that (1) for sea ice with a preferred horizontal crystal c-axis alignment, the anisotropy of polarizing properties of the ice increased with depth, (2) brine inclusion conductivity increased with decreasing temperature down to about -8 C, at which point the conductivity decreased with decreasing temperature, (3) the DC conductivity of sea ice increased with increasing brine volume, (4) the real part of the complex dielectric constant is strongly dependent upon brine volume but less dependent upon the brine inclusion orientation, (5) the imaginary part of the complex dielectric constant was strongly dependent upon brine inclusion orientation but much less dependent upon brine volume. Because the electromagnetic (EM) properties of sea ice are dependent upon the physical state of the ice, which is continually changing, it appears that only trends in the relationships between the EM properties of natural sea ice and its brine volume and brine inclusion microstructure can be established.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vi, 38 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 Beilage
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-2
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Dielectric properties of sea ice Time-domain spectroscopy measurement Laboratory measurements Field measurements Analysis of ladder data Conductivity of brine and sea ice Complex dielectric constant of brine and sea ice Discussion and conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/3
    In: CRREL Report, 84-3
    Description / Table of Contents: The results of resistance tests in level ice and broken ice channels are presented for two models of the WTGB 140-fticebreaker at scales of 1:10 and 1:24, respectively. No scale effect on the resistance in level ice could be detected between the two models. From the test results an empirical predictor equation for the full scale ice resistance is derived. Predicted resistance is compared against, and found to be 25 to 40% larger than, available full-scale values estimated from thrust measurements during full-scale trials of the Great Lakes icebreaker Katmai Bay.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 25 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-3
    Language: English
    Note: COTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Model characteristics and test conditions Ice-hull coefficient of friction Measurements of ice properties Experimental procedures Data acquisition system Test program and procedures for 1:10 model Test program and procedures for 1:24 model Analysis of test results Comparison of test results between 1:10 and 1:24 models Analysis of tests in broken or brash-filled ice channels Analysis of tests in level ice Full-scale prediction of level ice resistance Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/4
    In: CRREL Report, 84-4
    Description / Table of Contents: Ice problems developed in the Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, portion of the St. Marys River because of winter navigation. Passing ships and natural influences moved ice from Soo Harbor into Little Rapids Cut in sufficient quantities to jam, cause high water in the harbor, and prevent further ship passage. After physical model and engineering studies, two ice booms with a total span of 1375 ft (419 m) with a 250-ft (76-m) navigation opening between were installed at the head of Little Rapids Cut in 1975. A modest field study program on the booms was conducted for the ensuring four winters to determine ice and boom interaction and the effects of ship passages on the system. Forces on some anchors were recorded and supplemental data were taken by local personnel. Several reports have been written about the booms' early operations. This paper presents four-year summary of the main effects of the booms on ice and ship interaction and vice versa. Throughout the four winter seasons, the small quantities of ice lost over and between the booms were manageable. Ships usually passed through the boom without influencing the boom force levels, but at time they brought about large changes. One boom needed strengthening, and artificial islands were added for upstream ice stability. Coast Guard icebreakers were also a necessary part of winter navigation in this area.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 18 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-4
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction St. Marys River Ice problems Remedial measures Field studies Highlights, trends, and major findings Modifications to boom Maximum forces Ship traffic Characteristics Effect of boom forces Effect on ice Conclusion Literature cited Appendix A: Ice boom forces
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/1
    In: CRREL Report, 83-1
    Description / Table of Contents: Roof snow load case studies gathered throughout the United States over a three-year period are analyzed. The objective of the analysis is to determine a relationship between the snow load on the ground and the corresponding uniform snow load on flat and sloped roofs. The main parameters considered are the thermal characteristics of the roof, the roof slope and the exposure of the structure. Exposure has the strongest effect on the ratio of ground to roof snow loads. Comparisons are made with existing and proposed building codes and standards.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 47 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-1
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Metric conversion table Introduction Data base Conversion factor Ground load effects Exposure effects Thermal effects Slope effects Expected value relationship Comparison with existing codes and standards Comparison with relationships proposed in new ANSI standard Summary and conclusions Literature cited Appendix A. Roof snow load case history reports Appendix B. Roofs in the snow load case study data base Appendix C. Ground and roof snow load data Appendix D. Conversion factors from the 1982 ANSI standard
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/2
    In: CRREL Report, 83-2
    Description / Table of Contents: A numerical model of rime ice accretion on an arbitrary two-dimensional airfoil is presented. The physics of the model are described and results are presented that demonstrate, by comparison with other theoretical data and experimental data, that the model predictions are believable. Results are also presented that illustrate the capability of the model to handle time-dependent rime ice accretion, taking into account the feedback between the ice accretion and the airflow and droplet trajectory fields.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vi, 81 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-2
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Methodology Potential flow around an arbitrary airfoil Incompressible velocity field Droplet trajectory equation Computational procedure for trajectories Determining the point of impact Calculation of collision efficiencies Accreting an ice layer Determining the accuracy of the flow field Determining the accuracy of the trajectories Results and discussion Comparing results with and without the history term Collision efficiency of NACA 0015 airfoil at 8° attack angle Time-dependent accretion on NACA 0015 airfoil at 8° attack angle Time-dependent accretion on NACA 0015 airfoil at 0° attack angle Conclusions and recommendations Literature cited Appendix A : Sample input Appendix B: Sample output Appendix C : Program listing
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/40
    In: CRREL Report, 82-40
    Description / Table of Contents: The use of explosives to break floating ice sheets is described, and test data are used to develop design curves that predict explosives effects as ice thickness, charge size, and charge depth vary. Application of the curves to practical problems is illustrated by numerical examples. The general features of underwater explosions are reviewed and related to ice blasting. Quasi-static plate theory is considered, and is judged to be inapplicable to explosive cratering of ice plates. The specific energy for optimized ice blasting is found to compare quite favorably with the specific energy of icebreaking ships. All available field data for ice blasting are tabulated in appendices, together with details of the re­gression analyses from which the design curves are generated.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 68 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-40
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction General behavior of underwater explosions Regression analysis for ice-blasting data General features of the regression curves Use of the regression curves as design curves for ice blasting Row charges and pattern charges Response of floating ice sheets to underwater explosions Specific energy and “powder factor” Summary and conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Basic data on ice blasting Appendix B: Scaled input data Appendix C: Initial regression analysis using complete polynomial Appendix D: Regression analysis with two coefficients of the original poly­nomial deleted
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/39
    In: CRREL Report, 82-39
    Description / Table of Contents: Observations of a 4.4-m-high brine step in the McMurdo Ice Shelf, Antarctica, show that it has migrated about 1.2 km in 4 years. The present brine wave is overriding an older brine-soaked layer. This migration is proof of the dynamic nature of the step, which is the leading edge of a brine wave that originated at the shelf edge after a major break-out of the McMurdo Ice Shelf. The inland boundary of brine penetration is characterized by a series of descending steps that are believed to represent terminal positions of separate intrusions of brine of similar origin. The inland boundary of brine percolation is probably controlled largely by the depth at which brine encounters the firn/ ice transition (43 m). However, this boundary is not fixed by permeability considerations alone, since measurable movement of brine is still occurring at the inland boundary. Freeze-fractionation of the seawater as it migrates throught the ice shelf preferentially precipitates virtually all sodium sulfate, and concomitant removal of water by freezing in the pore spaces of the infiltrated firm produces residual brines approximately six times more concentrated than the original seawater.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 35 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-39
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Objectives Analytical techniques Radio echo profiling Core drilling Results and discussion Brine infiltration survey Brine layer steps Brine infiltration characteristics Brine infiltration mechanisms at inland boundary Confirmation of brine depths by drilling Density and temperature profiles Ice shelf freeboard Brine upwelling Brine chemistry Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/38
    In: CRREL Report, 82-38
    Description / Table of Contents: Extreme cold causes heavy buildup of frost, ice and condensation on many windows. It also increases the incentive for improving the airtightness of windows against heat loss. Our study shows that tightening specifications for Alaskan windows to permit only 30% of the air leakage allowed by current American airtightness standards is economically attractive. We also recommend triple glazing in much of Alaska to avoid window icing in homes and barracks. We base our conclusions on a two-year field study of Alaskan military bases that included recording humidity and temperature data, observing moisture accumulation on windows and measuring airtightness with a fan pressurization device.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 26 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-38
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Previous work in cold weather window performance Investigation Data acquisition and analysis Modeling the window thermal regime Moisture and ice observations Airtightness testing and analysis Annual heat loss from air leakage Results and conclusions Moisture on windows Airtightness Airtightness economics Recommendations for windows in extreme cold Airtightness Multiple glazing Literature cited Appendix A: Moisture levels and airtightness Appendix B: Dewpoint data Appendix C: Sample observations of icing
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/36
    In: CRREL Report, 82-36
    Description / Table of Contents: Camp construction and drilling activities in 1950 at the East Oumalik drill site in northern Alaska caused extensive degradation of ice-rich, perennially frozen silt and irreversible modification of the upland terrain. In a study of the long-term degradational effects at this site, the near-surface geology was defined by drilling and coring 76 holes (maximum depth of 34 m) in disturbed and undisturbed areas and by laboratory analyses of these cores. Terrain disturbances, including bulldozed roads and excavations, camp structures and off-road vehicle trails, were found to have severely disrupted the site's thermal regime. This led to a thickening of the active layer, melting of the ground ice, thaw subsidence and thaw consolidation of the sediments. Slumps, sediment gravity flows and collapse of materials on slopes bounding thaw depressions expanded the degradation laterally, with thermal and hydraulic erosion removing materials as the depressions widened and deepened with time. Degradational processes became less active after thawed sediments thickened sufficiently to slow the increase in the depth of thaw and permit slope stabilization. The site's terrain is now irregular and hummocky with numerous depressions. Seasonal thaw depths are deeper in disturbed areas than in undisturbed areas and reflect the new moisture conditions and morphology. The severity of disturbance is much greater at East Oumalik than at another old drill site, Fish Creek. The difference results primarily from differences in the physical properties of the sediments, including the quantity and distribution of ground ice.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 42 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-36
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Summary Introduction Methodology Geologic setting Camp construction and occupation Types of disturbance Degradational processes and the effective area of impact Areal effects of disturbance Topography Groundwater, surface water and drainage Sediment properties and near-surface stratigraphy Surficial processes Depth of thaw Comparison to Fish Creek Discussion and conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/21
    In: CRREL Report, 83-21
    Description / Table of Contents: The probability density function of the gouge depths into the sediment is represented by a simple negative exponential over four decades of gouge frequency. The exceedance probability function is, therefore, e to the -lambda d, where d is the gouge depth in meters and lambda is a constant. The value of lambda shows a general decrease with increasing water depth, from 9/m in shallow water to less than 3/m in water 30 to 35 m deep. The deepest gouge observed was 3.6 m, from a sample of 20,354 gouges that have depths greater than or equal to 0.2 m. The dominant gouge orientations are usually unimodal and reasonably clustered, with the most frequent alignments roughly parallel to the general trend to the coastline. The value of N(bar) sub 1, the mean number of gouges (deeper than 0.2 m) per kilometer measured normal to the trend of the gouges, varies from 0.2 for protected lagoons to 80 in water between 20 and 38 m deep in unprotected offshore regions. The distribution of the spacings between gouges as measured along a sampling track is a negative exponential. The form of the frequency distribution of N sub 1 varies with water depth and is exponential for lagoons and shallow offshore areas, previously skewed for 10 to 20 m depths off the barrier islands, and near-normal for deeper water. As a Poisson distribution gives a reasonable fit to the N sub 1 distributions for all water depths, it is suggested that gouging can be taken as approximating a Poisson process in both space and time. The distributions of the largest values per kilometer of gouge depths, gouge widths, and the heights of the lateral embankment of sediments plowed from the gouges are also investigated.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 40 Seiten , Illustrationen, 1 Karte
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-21
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Background and environmental setting Data collection and terminology Data analysis Gouge depths Gouge orientation Gouge frequency Extreme value analysis Applications to offshore design Gouge depth Extreme value statistics Burial depths Conclusion Literature cited Appendix A: Detailed bathymetric map of the Alaskan portion of the Beaufort Sea
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/19
    In: CRREL Report, 83-19
    Description / Table of Contents: Small-scale laboratory experiments were conducted on model bridge piers in the CRREL test basin. The experiments were performed by pushing model ice sheets against structures and monitoring the ice forces during the ice/structure interaction. The parameters, varied during the test program, were the geometry of the bridge piers and the velocity, thickness, and flexural strength of the ice. The results are presented in the form of ice forces on sloping and vertical structures with different geometries. During ice action on sloping structures, a phenomenon of transition of failure mode from bending to crushing was observed as the ice velocity was steadily increased.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 17 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-19
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Tests Results Ice forces on inclined structures Transition of ice action due to velocity increase Aspect ratio Bridge pier nose geometry Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/12
    In: CRREL Report, 83-12
    Description / Table of Contents: This paper documents the development and verification of two finite difference models that solve the general two-dimensional form of the heat conduction equation, using the alternative-direction implicit method. Both can handle convective, constant flux, specified temperature and semi-infinite boundaries. The conducting medium may be composed of many materials. The first program, ADI, solves for the case where no change of state occurs. ADIPC solves for case where a freeze/thaw change of phase may occur, using the apparent heat capacity method. Both models are verified by comparison to analytical results.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 74 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-12
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Finite differences applied to heat transfer Heat conduction equation Boundary conditions Phase change Computer program ADDATA, the data subroutine TRIDIG, the matrix solver ISOTHM, the isotherm finider ADI, main program ADEPC, main program Verification of ADI Comparison of ADI with analytical results Comparison of ADI with experimental results Verification of ADIPC Comparison of ADIPC with analytical results-the Neumann solution Comparison of ADIPC with analytical results-two-dimensional phase change verification User instruction for ADI User instruction for ADIPC Conclusions Literature cited Appendix A. Program INFSUM and sample input and output for program ADI Appendix B. Program ADIPC and sample input and output
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/14
    In: CRREL Report, 83-14
    Description / Table of Contents: An analysis of ice fracture that incorporates dislocation mechanics and linear elastic fracture mechanics is discussed. The derived relationships predict a brittle to ductile transition in polycrystalline ice under tension with a Hall-Petch type dependence of brittle fracture strength on grain size. A uniaxial tensile testing technique, including specimen preparation and loading system design was developed and employed to verify the model. The tensile strength of ice in purely brittle fracture was found to vary with the square root of the reciprocal of grain size, supporting the relationship that the theory suggests. The inherent strength of the ice lattice and the Hall-Petch slope are evaluated and findings discussed in relation to previous results. Monitoring of acoustic emissions was incorporated in the tests, providing insights into the process of microfracture during ice deformation.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 43 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-14
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Background Development of testing technique Test specimens Tensile testing Compression testing Experimental results Tensile tests Compression tests Discussion Conclusions Suggestions for further work Literature cited Appendix A: Additional information on seed grains Appendix B: Thin-sectioning procedure Appendix C: Displacement transducer calibration
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/22
    In: CRREL Report, 83-22
    Description / Table of Contents: A new experimental method for measuring the soil-water diffusivity of frozen soil under isothermal conditions is introduced. The theoretical justification of the method is presented and the feasibility of the method is demonstrated by experiments conducted using marine-deposited clay. The measured values of the soil-water diffusivity are found comparable to reported experimental data.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 13 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-22
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/23
    In: CRREL Report, 83-23
    Description / Table of Contents: The problems associated with measuring stresses in ice are reviewed. Theory and laboratory test results are then presented for a stiff cylindrical sensor made of steel that is designed to measure ice stresses in a biaxial stress field. Loading tests on freshwater and saline ice blocks containing the biaxial ice stress sensor indicate that the sensor has a resolution of 20 kPa and an accuracy of better than 15% under a variety of uniaxial and biaxial loading conditions. Principal stress directions can also be determined within 5 degrees. The biaxial ice stress sensor is not significantly affected by variations in the ice elastic modulus, ice creep or differential thermal expansion between the ice and gauge. The sensor also has a low temperature sensitivity (5 kPa/deg C).
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 38 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-23
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Previous work Stress measurements Design considerations Stress sensors Biaxial ice stress sensor Biaxial stress sensor theory Gauge deformation Stresses associated with cylindrical sensors Determination of ice stresses Gauge calibration Evaluation of the biaxial ice stress sensor Temperature sensitivity Biaxial loading test equipment Biaxial loading test results Differential thermal expansion Long-term drift Discussion of test results Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/24
    In: CRREL Report, 83-24
    Description / Table of Contents: Secondary recovery of oil at Prudhoe Bay, Alaska, will involve transporting large quantities of seawater in elevated pipelines across tundra for injection into oil-bearing rock strata. The possibility of a pipeline rupture raises questions concerning the effects of seawater on tundra vegetation and soils. To evaluate the relative sensitivities of different plant communities to seawater, eight sites representing the range of vegetation types along the pipeline route were treated with single, saturating applications of seawater during the summer of 1980. Within a month of the treatment 30 of 37 taxa of shrubs and forbs in the experimental plots developed clear symptoms of stress, while none of the 14 graminoid taxa showed apparent adverse affects. Live vascular plant cover was thus reduced by 89 and 91% in the two dry sites and by 54, 74 and 83% in the three moist sites, respectively. Live(green) bryophyte cover was markedly reduced in the moist experimental sites in 1981. Bryophytes in all but one of the wet-site experimental plots were apparently unaffected by the seawater treatment. Two species of foliose lichens treated with seawater showed marked deterioration in 1981. All other lichen taxa were apparently unaffected by the seawater treatment. The absorption and retention of salts by the soil is inversely related to the soil moisture regime. In the wet sites, conductivities approached prespill levels within about 30 days. In such sites, spills at the experimental volumes are quickly diluted and the salts flushed from the soil. In the dry sites, on the other hand, salts are retained in the soil, apparently concentrating at or near the seasonal thaw line.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 43 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-24
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Methods Site selection and preparation Prespill assessment Seawater application Postspill assessment Enzyme assay and analysis of soil flora Results and discussion Soil-solution conductivities Vascular plant response Cryptogam response Site factors and plant response Soil flora and extracellular soil enzymes Limitations of this study Summary and conclusions Literature cited Appendix: Plant taxa included in this study
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/24
    In: CRREL Report, 84-24
    Description / Table of Contents: This report describes the growth characteristics and crystalline textures of urea ice sheets which are now used extensively in the Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. (CRREL) test basin for modeling sea ice. The aims of the report are to describe the different kinds of crystalline texture encountered in urea ice sheets and to show that even small variations in texture can drastically influence the mechanical behavior of urea ice sheets. Standard petrographic techniques for studying microstructure in thin sections were used on 24 urea ice sheets. These investigations entailed observations of the crystalline texture of the ice (including details of the subgrain structure), grain size measurements, and studies of the nature and extent of urea entrapment and drainage patterns in the ice. Increased knowledge of the factors controlling the crystalline characteristics of urea ice sheets has progressed to the point where test basin researchers at CRREL are now able to fabricate ice sheets with prescribed structures leading to predictable mechanical properties. Originators supplied keywords include: Sea ice, and Mechanical properties.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 55 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-24
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Abstract Preface Introduction Objectives Analytical techniques Procedures for growing urea ice sheets Analysis of the crystalline structure of urea ice Characteristics of urea ice Results and discussion Ice sheet no. 1 Ice sheet no. 2 Ice sheet no. 3 Ice sheet no. 4 Ice sheet no. 5 Ice sheet no. 6 Ice sheet no. 7 Ice sheet no. 8 Ice sheet no. 9 Ice sheet no. 10 Ice sheet no. 11 Ice sheet no. 12 Ice sheet no. 13 Ice sheet no. 14 Ice sheet no. 15 Ice sheet no. 16 Ice sheet no. 17 Ice sheet no. 18 Ice sheet no. 19 Ice sheet no. 20 Ice sheet no. 21 Ice sheet no. 22 Ice sheet no. 23 Ice sheet no. 24 Urea concentrations in test tank solution and ice Discussion and conclusions E/σf ratio Thickness of incubation layer Crystal properties Literature cited Appendix A: Thin sections of urea ice sheets
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/17
    In: CRREL Report, 84-17
    Description / Table of Contents: VHF-band radiowave short pulses were transmitted within the permafrost tunnel at Fox, Alaska, over distances between 2.2 and 10.5 m. The propagation medium was a frozen silt containing both disseminated and massive ice with temperatures varying from -7°C near the transmitter to probably -2 C near the center of the tunnel overburden. The short pulses underwent practically no dispersion in the coldest zones but did disperse and refract through the warmer overburden, as suggested by calculations of the effective dielectric constant. Most significantly the measured frequency content decreased as the effective dielectric constant increased. The results indicate that deep, cross-borehole pulse transmissions over distances greater than 10 m might be possible, especially when the ground is no warmer than -4°C. The information thus pined could be used for identifying major subsurface variations, including ground ice features.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: ii, 14 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-17
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/13
    In: CRREL Report, 83-13
    Description / Table of Contents: A review on past experimental and theoretical work indicates a need for additional experimentation to characterize the response of snow to inelastic pressure waves. Pressure data from previously conducted explosion tests are analyzed to estimate the elastic limit of snow of 400 -kg/cu m density to be about 36 kPa. This pressure corresponds to a scaled distance of 1.6 m/cu.rt.kg for charges fired beneath the surface of the snow, and to a scaled distance of 1.2 m/cu.rt.kg for charges fired in the air. The effects of a snow cover on the method of clearing a minefield by using an explosive charge fired in the air above the snow surface are also discussed and recommendations are given for further work in this area. Explosive pressure data are used to estimate the maximum effective scaled radius for detonating buried mines at shallow depth to be 0.8 m/cu.rt.kg. Fuel-air explosive will increase this effective radius significantly because of the increase in the size of the source region.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 33 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-13
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface List of symbols Introduction Objectives Background Problems in describing the response of snow to an applied stress Methods of determining the dynamic behavior of materials Review of previous studies on snow Experimental measurements on snow Summary of snow experiments Theoretical studies Confirmation of the theory Discussion Applications Recommendations Summary Literature cited Appendix A. Selected data from Wisotski and Snyder (1966) Appendix B. Pressure data from Livingston (1964)
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/16
    In: CRREL Report, 83-16
    Description / Table of Contents: The presence of snow on the ground can impose limitations on the mobility of wheeled and tracked vehicles. Snow depth and density are the two most easily measured snow properties that can be related to mobility over snow. Existing models of snowpack accumulation and ablation processes and models of internal snowpack structure were examined to determine if a model of the snowpack can be developed for use in predicting the snow parameters that affect mobility. Simple models, such as temperature index models, do not provide sufficient snowpack details, and the more detailed models require too many measured inputs. Components of the various models were selected from a basis of a snowpack model for predicting snow properties related to mobility over snow. Methods of obtaining the input data from some components are suggested, and areas where more development is needed are described.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 34 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-16
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Conversion of metric units Introduction Review of existing models Accumulation models Ablation models Using existing models for studying mobility Proposed snowpack model for mobility studies Model components Implementation of the model Developing input data Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/17
    In: CRREL Report, 83-17
    Description / Table of Contents: A sea ice model was applied to the East Greenland Sea to examine a 60-day ice advance period beginning 1 October 1979. This investigation compares model results using driving geostrophic wind fields derived from three sources. Winds calculated from sea-level pressures obtained from the National Weather Service's operational analysis system resulted in strong velocities concentrated in a narrow band adjacent to the Greenland coast, with moderate velocities elsewhere. The model showed excessive ice transport and thickness build-ups in the coastal region. The extreme pressure gradient parallel to the coast resulted partially from a pressure reduction procedure that was applied to the terrain-following sigma coordinate system to obtain sea-level pressures. Additional sea-level pressure fields were obtained from an independent optimal interpolation analysis that merged FGGE buoys drifting in the Arctic basin with high latitude land stations and from manual digitization of the NWS hand-analyzed Northern Hemisphere Surface Charts. Modeling results using winds from both of these fields agreed favorably.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 19 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-17
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Description of study Model results The problem Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/26
    In: CRREL Report, 83-26
    Description / Table of Contents: Ice accreted on high-speed rotors operating in supercooled fog can be thrown off by centrifugal force, creating severe unbalance and dangerous projectiles. A simple force balance analysis indicates that the strength of accreted ice and its adhesive strength can be obtained by measuring the thickness of the accretion, the location of the separation, the rotor speed, and the density. Such an analysis was applied to field and laboratory observations of self-shedding events. The results agree reasonably well with other observations.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 13 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-26
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-83/25
    In: CRREL Report, 83-25
    Description / Table of Contents: Ice action on two cylindrical and conical structures, located side by side, was investigated in a small-scale experimental study to determine the interference on the ice forces generated during ice-structure interaction. The proximity of the two structures changes the mode of ice failure, the magnitude and direction of ice forces on the individual structure, and the dominant frequency of ice force variations. Interference effects were determined by comparing the experimental results of tests at different structure spacings.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 42 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 83-25
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Experimental setup and procedure Results and discussion Cylindrical structures Conical structures Conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Relationship between flexural strength and in-situ unconfined compressive strength Appendix B: Test data
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/19
    In: CRREL Report, 84-19
    Description / Table of Contents: In this study a method for making long-range forecasts of freeze-up dates in rivers is developed. The method requires the initial water temperature at an upstream station, the long-range air temperature forecast, the predicted mean flow velocity in the river reach, and water temperature response parameters. The water temperature response parameters can be either estimated from the surface heat exchange coefficient and the average flow depth or determined empirically from recorded air and water temperature data. The method is applied to the St. Lawrence River between Kingston, Ontario, and Massena, New York, and is shown to be capable of accurately forecasting freeze-up. Originator-supplied keywords include: Ice formation, and River ice.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iii, 22 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-19
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Problem formulation Analytical treatment Application to the upper St. Lawrence River Summary Literature cited Appendix A: Basic program for St. Lawrence River freeze-up forecast
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/32
    In: CRREL Report, 84-32
    Description / Table of Contents: Orwell Lake, in west-central Minnesota, is a flood-control, water-management reservoir first impounded in 1953. Subsequent erosion of the shoreline and a lack of knowledge of slope erosion processes in this region prompted this study to identify and quantify the processes there. The processes were measured at selected sites between June 1980 and June 1983. Erosion of the banks is primarily caused by three processes: rain, frost thaw, and waves. The first two processes tend to move sediment to the base of the steep slopes, forming 4 relatively gentle surface of accumulation. Wave action then tends to move this sediment into the lake. Analysis of the data collected over three years has confirmed that wave action is the dominant erosion process, providing almost 77% of the erosion during the 1981-82 study year. During the 1981 high pool level, 2,089 Mg of sediment, mostly colluvium, was removed from the lower slopes by wave action striking the 1.62 km of eroding shoreline. More than 4,300 Mg was eroded by waves accompanying the higher pool levels of 1982., During years in which the pool level does not exceed 325.5 m in elevation, the colluvium slope builds up at the expense of the steeper slope. But during successive years with higher pool levels, the resulting thin colluvium is quickly eroded. Erosion of the primary sediment, a compact till, then occurs, forming the S typical nearly vertical banks. In winter the upland surface adjacent to the lake freezes to a depth of between 1 and 2 m, depending on the surface temperature, the mow cover, and the distance from exposed banks. In late winter soil aggregates, released by the sublimation of interstitial ice within the banks, begin to accumulate at the base of the slopes, often veneering snowbanks there. Once thaw begins, slab failure of bank sediment is followed by mudflows and earthflows. Thaw failure at Orwell Lake in the winter of 1981-82 accounted for over 20% of the erosion; in the spring of 1982, 824 Mg was eroded by this process and 746 Mg the following spring. Such slope failure is most intense along north-facing banks and considerably less intense on south-facing banks, where more effective desiccation and sublimation reduce the soil moisture content. Summer rainfall is responsible for the remaining 3% of the total erosion, amounting to 102 Mg in 1981 and 208 Mg in 1982. Because the banks are steep and relatively short, rainwash is infrequent; rainsplash is the most consistent process during the summer, but the infrequent storms during which rainwash occurscause greater total erosion. Erosion by rain has increased in each of the past three summers, largely because of increased precipitation. Infrequent massive slope failures (slumps) have occurred at the east end of the lake where a buried clay rich unit is stratigraphically and topographically positioned to favor such failures. Drought years followed by heavy spring rains probably will result in additional slope failures of this type at the east end. Unless changes are made, the banks at Orwell Lake will continue to recede. Restriction of the pool level to less than 325.5-m elevation is the least expensive solution to the problem.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: ix, 110 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-32
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Summary Chapter 1. Introduction Location Purpose of study Previous work Chapter 2. Methodology Geology Overland erosion Wave erosion Frost penetration and heave Thaw failure Bank recession Ground water Soil moisture Chapter 3. Results Geology Geotechnical properties Overland erosion Wave erosion Freeze-thaw phenomena Ground water fluctuations Other slope failures Chapter 4. Discussion Overland erosion Wave erosion Thaw failure Universal soil loss equation Chapter 5. Summary and conclusions Techniques Erosion processes at Orwell lake Bank recession Literature cited Appendix A1: Average cumulative change of surface at erosion stations #2-12, 1980-81 Appendix A2: Cumulative net changes at overland erosion stations #1-12, 1980-81 Appendix A3: Cumulative net changes at overland erosion stations #1 -12, 198 1-82 Appendix A4: Cumulative average erosion at overland erosion stations #1-12, 1980-81 Appendix AS: Cumulative average erosion at overland erosion stations #1-12, 1981-82 Appendix A6: Cumulative average erosion at overland erosion stations #1 -1 2A, 1982 Appendix B: Dimensions of erosion sections, Orwell Lake, Minnesota Appendix C: Piezometer installation data, Orwell Lake, Minneso
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/33
    In: CRREL Report, 84-33
    Description / Table of Contents: A small-scale experimental study was conducted to characterize the magnitude and nature of ice forces during continuous crushing of ice against a rigid, vertical, cylindrical structure. The diameter of the structure was varied from 50 to 500 mm, the relative velocity from 10 to 210 mm/s, and the ice thickness from 50 to 80 mm. The ice tended to fail repetitively, with the frequency of failure termed the characteristic frequency. The characteristic frequency varied linearly with velocity and to a small extent with structure diameter. The size of the damage zone was 10 to 50% of the ice thickness, with an average value of 30%. The maximum and mean normalized ice forces were strongly dependent on the aspect ratio (structure diameter/ice thickness). The forces increased significantly with decreasing aspect ratio, but were constant for large aspect ratios. The maximum normalized forces appeared to be independent of strain rate. The effect of velocity on the normalized ice forces depended on structure diameter. The mean effective pressure or specific energy of ice crushing depended on both aspect ratio and ice-structure relative velocity. The energy required to crush the ice for the one failure cycle was obtained from the ice force records for each test, and was compared to the energy calculated from an idealized sawtooth shape for the force record, the maximum force, velocity and characteristic frequency data. Originator - supplied keywords included: Cold regions, Cold regions construction, Cylindrical test structures, Ice, Ice crushing, Ice forces, and Test facilities.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vi, 47 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-33
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Test objectives Experimental setup and procedures Facilities Test fixture Data acquisiton system Ice sheets Measurement of ice properties Daily test summary Experimental results and discussion Observations Ice force records Frequency of ice force variations Discussion Maximum crushing forces Mean effective pressure or specific energy of ice in crushing Failure energy of ice Ratio of maximum force to mean force Summary and conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Data for continuous crushing tests
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Academy of Sciences of the GDR, Central Institute for Isotope and Radiation Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-19-93042-2
    In: Interregional Training Course on Radiochemistry, [Supplement]
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 88 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Manual 2.2 The relative measurement of aktivity Lectures 1.3 Statistics / H. Baumbach 2.2 Sealed sources / K. Vormum 2.4 Energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence analysis / H.-K. Bothe 3.1 The use of carriers / H. Koch 4.3 Autoradiography / K. Freyer 6.1 Radiometric methods in environmental control / H.-J. Große
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Academy of Sciences of the GDR, Central Institute for Isotope and Radiation Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-19-93042-1
    In: Interregional Training Course on Radiochemistry, [Hauptband]
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 248 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Manual 1.1 Beta measurements 1.2 Measurement of the energy spectrum and range of α-radiation with semiconductor detectors 1.3 Error and statistical tests 1.4 Basic experiments of gamma spectroscopy 2.1 Determination of certain elements in sedimental atmospheric dust by x-ray fluorescence analysis 2.2 Calibration and efficiencies (see Supplement) 2.3 Thin-layer chromatographic separation and test of the purity of labelled compounds 2.4 Separation of Thorium-234 from Uranium-238 2.5 Separation of 137Ca/137mBa by precipitation and sorption 3.1 Determination of phosphate by simple isotope dilution analysis and determination of Zn in MgSO4 by substoichiometric isotope dilution analysis 3.2 The Szilard-Chalmers effect 3.3 Determination of the Ag content in slags by instrumental neutron activation analysis 4.1 Isotope exchange of Ethyl Iodide and Sodium Iodide 4.2 Liquid scintillation counting of Carbon-14 and Tritium 4.3 Autoradiography - Demonstration of Autoradiographic techniques Lectures 1.1 Fundamentals of radioactivity / G. K. Vormum 1.2 Interaction of nuclear radiation with matter / G. K. Vormum 1.4 Equations of radioactive decay / G. K. Vormum 1.5 Radiation detectors / M. Geisler 2.1 Radiation spectroscopy / M. Geisler 2.5 Handling of radioisotopes / G. K. Vormum 2.7 Behaviour of radionuclides in very low concentrations / H. Koch 3.6 Particle sources / J. W. Leonhardt 4.2 Tracers in chemical kinetics / J. Dermietzel 4.4 Liquid Scintillation Counting (LSC) / R. Trettin 5.1 Isotopic tracers in biology / H. Hübner 5.2 Low-level counting / R. Trettin 5.4 Basic concepts of radioimmunoassay (RIA) / G. K. Vormum 6.2 Radionuclide generators / R. Otto
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Aarhus] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-20-93484
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-15-3
    Language: English
    Note: INTERACT STATIONS SVALBARD, NORWAY 1 AWIPEV Arctic Research base 2 CNR Arctic Station "Dirigibile ltalia" 3 Ny-Ålesund Research Station- Sverdrup 4 UK Arctic Research Station 5 Netherlands' Arctic Station 6 Adam Mickiewicz University Polar Station - Petuniabukta 7 Czech Arctic Research Station of Josef Svoboda 8 Polish Polar Station, Hornsund NORWAY 9 Finse Alpine Research Centre 10 Nibio Svanhovd Research Station SWEDEN 11 Svartberget Research Station 12 Tarfala Research Station 13 Abisko Scientific Research Station FINLAND 14 Kilpisjarvi Biological Station 15 Pallas-Sodankyla Stations 16 Kolari Research Unit 17 Hyytiälä Forest Research Station 18 Kainuu Fisheries Research Station 19 Oulanka Research Station 20 Varrio Subarctic Research Station 21 Kevo Subarctic Research Station SWITZERLAND 22 Alpine Research and Education Station Furka AUSTRIA 23 Station Hintereis 24 Sonnblick Observatory CZECH REPUBLIC 25 Krkonose Mountains National Park POLAND 26 Karkonosze Mountains National Park 27 M&M Klapa Research Station RUSSIA 28 Lammin-Suo Peatland Station 29 Khibiny Educational and Scientific Station 30 The Arctic Research Station 31 Mukhrino Field Station 32 Numto Park Station 33 Khanymey Research Station 34 Beliy Island Research Station 35 Willem Barentsz Biological Station 36 lgarka Geocryology Laboratory 37 Kajbasovo Research Staton 38 Aktru Research Station 39 Evenkian Field Station 40 International Ecological Educational Center "lstomino" 41 Research Station Samoylov Island 42 Spasskaya Pad Scientific Forest Station 43 Elgeeii Scientific Forest station 44 Chokurdakh Scientific Tundra Station 45 Orotuk Field Station 46 AvachinskyVolcano Field Station 47 North-East Science Station 48 Meinypil'gyno Community Based Biological Station KYRGYZ REPUBLIC 49 Adygine Research Station ALASKA 50 Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory 51 Toolik Field Station CANADA 52 Kluane Lake Research Station 53 Western Arctic Research Centre 54 Canadian High Arctic Research Station 55 M'Clintock Channel Polar Research Cabins 56 Churchill Northern Studies Centre 57 Flashline Mars Arctic Research Station 58 Polar Environment Atmospheric Research Laboratory 59 CEN Ward Hunt Island Research Station 60 CEN Bylot Island Field Station 61 lgloolik Research Center 62 CEN Salluit Research Station 63 CEN Boniface River Field Station 64 CEN Umiujaq Research Station 65 CEN Whapmagoostui-Kuujjuarapik Research Station 66 CEN Radisson Ecological Research Station 67 CEN Clearwater Lake Research Station 68 Nunavut Research Institute 69 CEN Kangiqsualujjuaq Sukuijarvik Research Station 70 Uapishka Research Station 71 Labrador Institute Research Station GREENLAND 72 DMI Geophysical Observatory- Qaanaaq 73 Arctic Station 74 Arctic DTU, ARTEK Research Station 75 Greenland Institute of Natural Resources 76 Sermilik Research Station 77 Summit Station 78 EGRIP Field Station 79 Zackenberg Research Station 80 Villum Research Station ICELAND 81 Sudurnes Science and Learning Center 82 Litla-Skard 83 China-lceland Arctic Observatory 84 Rif Field Station 85 Skálanes Nature and Heritage Center FAROE ISLANDS 86 Faroe Islands Nature Investigation SCOTLAND 87 ECN Cairngorms
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents current knowledge on chemistry and physics of Arctic atmosphere. Special attention is given to studies of the Arctic haze phenomenon, Arctic tropospheric clouds, Arctic fog, polar stratospheric and mesospheric clouds, atmospheric dynamics, thermodynamics and radiative transfer as related to the polar environment. The atmosphere-cryosphere feedbacks and atmospheric remote sensing techniques are presented in detail. The problems of climate change in the Arctic are also addressed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (723 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Dynamical Processes in the Arctic Atmosphere / Marius O. Jonassen, Dmitry Chechin, Alexey Karpechko,Christof Lüpkes, Thomas Spengler, Annick Tepstra, Timo Vihma,and Xiangdong Zhang 2 Thermodynamics of the Arctic Atmosphere / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Oxana Drofa, and Mauro Mazzola 3 Trace Gases in the Arctic Atmosphere / Kimberly Strong, William R. Simpson, Kristof Bognar,Rodica Lindenmaier, and Sébastien Roche 4 Arctic Aerosols / Roberto Udisti, Rita Traversi, Silvia Becagli, Claudio Tomasi,Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, and Patricia K. Quinn 5 A Climatological Overview of Arctic Clouds / Abhay Devasthale, Joseph Sedlar, Michael Tjernström,and Alexander Kokhanovsky 6 Arctic Ice Fog: Its Microphysics and Prediction / Ismail Gultepe, Andrew J. Heymsfield, and Martin Gallagher 7 Polar Stratospheric Clouds in the Arctic / Francesco Cairo and Tiziana Colavitto 8 Noctilucent Clouds: General Properties and Remote Sensing / Christian von Savigny, Gerd Baumgarten, and Franz-Josef Lübkenix 9 Remote Sensing of Arctic Atmospheric Aerosols / Alexander Kokhanovsky, Claudio Tomasi, Alexander Smirnov,Andreas Herber, Roland Neuber, André Ehrlich, Angelo Lupi, Boyan H. Petkov, Mauro Mazzola, Christoph Ritter, Carlos Toledano,Thomas Carlund, Vito Vitale, Brent Holben, Tymon Zielinski,Simon Bélanger, Pierre Larouche, Stefan Kinne, Vladimir Radionov,Manfred Wendisch, Jason L. Tackett, and David M. Winker 10 Radiation in the Arctic Atmosphere and Atmosphere –Cryosphere Feedbacks / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Angelo Lupi, Mauro Mazzola,Christian Lanconelli, and Ismail Gultepe 11 Climate Change in the Arctic / Torben Koenigk, Jeff Key, and Timo Vihma Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/15
    In: CRREL Report, 82-15
    Description / Table of Contents: An experiment is described that demonstrates the balance between the ice and the unfrozen water in a frozen soil as water is removed. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is used to monitor the unfrozen water content as the soil is dehydrated by a molecular sieve material. Our results show that the unfrozen water content of a Morin clay soil remains constant until the total water content has been reduced to the point where no ice remains in the system. Once the ice is depleted, the unfrozen water content determined by NMR corresponds to the total water content of the soil determined by the weight of water removed by the molecular sieve material. Thus the validity of utilizing NMR in determining unfrozen water contents vs temperature is established.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 8 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-15
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93399
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 508 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030313784
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-80/11
    In: CRREL Report, 80-11
    Description / Table of Contents: Four types of roof leaks occurred at a new school building in Chevak, Alaska: 1) blowing snow entered the roof through eave vents and then melted, 2) slush and ice in roof valleys caused meltwater to overflow the valley flash­ing and run into the building, 3) water entered at a roof/wall intersection and 4) in many areas water entered through gaps in the sloping plywood deck. Sealing the eave vents made it impossible for blowing snow to enter the roof at the eaves. Electric heat tapes eliminated the valley icing problem. Missing flashing was responsible for the roof/wall intersection leaks. The absence of a vapor barrier in the roof was the cause of many leaks. We recom­mended that the roof be repaired from the exterior by removing component elements down to the plywood deck,installing an adhered continuous vapor barrier and reassembling the roof. An alternative roof cladding of compos­ition shingles was discussed as was conversion to a “cold roof.” The roof was repaired and modified following our recommendations, and problems appear to have been solved.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 12 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 80-11
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Conversion factors Introduction Description of school Roof problems Snow infiltration leaks Valley leaks Intersection leaks Condensation leaks Tests to verify the cause of condensation leaks Eliminating the condensation leaks Recommendations for eliminating condensation leaks Repairing existing roof An alternative roof cladding The "cold roof" alternative Repairs and modifications Summary and conclusions
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : BWV Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag
    Call number: 9783830542148 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 3., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783830542148
    Former Title: Mitarbeiterführung in Wissenschaft und Forschung
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur dritten Auflage Einleitung Exzellenzfaktor Personalführung Prämissen effizienter Führung Optimierungspotenziale Motivationsfaktor Personalführung Strategische Planung Elemente der Strategie Strategie als Qualitätsmerkmal Strategie- und Leitbildentwicklung Führungsmodelle Situative Führung Transformationale Führung Führungsinstrumente Mitarbeiterinnengespräche Leistungsfeedback Zielvereinbarungen Personalentwicklung Führungsfeedback Effizientes Delegieren Effekte und Nutzen „Smart" delegieren Berichtswesen und Dokumentation Problemfaktor Rückdelegation Delegationspotenziale Laterale und agile Führung Führung ohne Weisungsbefugnis Agile Führung Führungskultur und -Struktur Funktionale Strukturen Förderung der Verantwortung Verhaltensorientierte Führung Zielführende Kommunikation Kulturmerkmal Verbindlichkeit Team-Management Teamentwicklung Abstimmung im und mit dem Team Interkulturelle Führung und Diversität Interkulturelles Management Kulturübergreifende Kommunikation Abstimmung in interkulturellen Teams Personalauswahl und -gewinnung Auswahlkriterien Auswahlinterviews Praktisches Vorgehen Changemanagement Grundlagen Partizipatives Vorgehen Erste und neue Führungspositionen Gestern Kollegin - Heute Chefin Führung als Nachfolge Erneuern und Bewahren Führen mit Konzept Mitarbeiterinnenbeteiligen Strategisches Selbstmanagement Grundlagen Zeitdiebe und -fallen Life Balance Anhang Quellennachweis Arbeitsmittel - Tools - Checklisten Meine strategische Planung Reflexion des eigenen Führungsverhaltens Gesprächsleitfaden Mitarbeiterinnengespräche Leistungsbeurteilung/-feedback Vorbereitung Mitarbeiterinnengespräch Dokumentation Zielvereinbarung Personalentwicklung Führungsfeedback einholen Teamanalyse Vorgehen bei Team-Klausuren/-workshops/Retreats Matrix zur Auswahl von Mitarbeiterinnen bei Personalentscheidungen Denkzettel (zur Vermeidung von Rückdelegationen) Delegationspotenziale erkennen: Protokoll Delegationspotenziale erkennen: Auswertung Der 100-Tage-Plan bei Antritt einer neuen Führungsfunktion Register Informationen zum Autor
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94687
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost is warming globally, which leads to widespread permafrost thaw and impacts the surrounding landscapes, ecosystems and infrastructure. Especially ice-rich permafrost is vulnerable to rapid and abrupt thaw, resulting from the melting of excess ground ice. Local remote sensing studies have detected increasing rates of abrupt permafrost disturbances, such as thermokarst lake change and drainage, coastal erosion and RTS in the last two decades. All of which indicate an acceleration of permafrost degradation. In particular retrogressive thaw slumps (RTS) are abrupt disturbances that expand by up to several meters each year and impact local and regional topographic gradients, hydrological pathways, sediment and nutrient mobilisation into aquatic systems, and increased permafrost carbon mobilisation. The feedback between abrupt permafrost thaw and the carbon cycle is a crucial component of the Earth system and a relevant driver in global climate models. However, an assessment of RTS at high temporal resolution to determine the ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiv, 134 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background and motivation 1.1.1 Permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Permafrost thaw and disturbances 1.1.3 Abrupt permafrost disturbances 1.1.4 Remote sensing 1.1.5 Remote sensing of permafrost disturbances 1.2 Aims and objectives 1.3 Study area 1.4 General data and methods 1.4.1 Landsat and Sentinel-2 1.4.2 Google Earth Engine 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications and authors’ contribution 1.6.1 Chapter 2 - Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 1.6.2 Chapter 3 - Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 1.6.3 Chapter 4 - Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 2 Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Sites 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Data Processing 2.3.3.1 Filtering Image Collections 2.3.3.2 Creating L8, S2, and Site Masks 2.3.3.3 Preparing Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Images in SNAP 2.3.3.4 Applying Site Masks 2.3.4 Spectral Band Comparison and Adjustment 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Band Comparison 2.4.2 Spectral Band Adjustment 2.4.3 ES and HLS Spectral Band Adjustment 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Appendix Chapter 2 3 Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and Methods 3.3.1 Study Sites 3.3.2 Data 3.3.3 Data Processing and Mosaicking Workflow 3.3.4 Data Availability Assessment 3.3.5 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Data Availability Assessment 3.4.2 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 4 Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area and Methods 4.3.1 Study area 4.3.2 General workflow and ground truth data 4.3.3 Data and LandTrendr 4.3.4 Index selection 4.3.5 Temporal Segmentation 4.3.6 Spectral Filtering 4.3.7 Spatial masking and filtering 4.3.8 Machine-learning object filter 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Focus sites 4.4.2 North Siberia 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Mapping of RTS 4.5.2 Spatio-temporal variability of RTS dynamics 4.5.3 LT-LS2 capabilities and limitations 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Appendix 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Google Earth Engine 5.2 Landsat and Sentinel-2 5.3 Image mosaics and disturbance detection algorithm 5.4 Mapping RTS and their annual temporal dynamics 5.5 Limitations and technical considerations 5.6 Key findings 5.7 Outlook References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: AWI A11-22-94735
    Description / Table of Contents: Over the last decades, the rate of near-surface warming in the Arctic is at least double than elsewhere on our planet (Arctic amplification). However, the relative contribution of different feedback processes to Arctic amplification is a topic of ongoing research, including the role of aerosol and clouds. Lidar systems are well-suited for the investigation of aerosol and optically-thin clouds as they provide vertically-resolved information on fine temporal scales. Global aerosol models fail to converge on the sign of the Arctic aerosol radiative effect (ARE). In the first part of this work, the optical and microphysical properties of Arctic aerosol were characterized at case study level in order to assess the short-wave (SW) ARE. A long-range transport episode was first investigated. Geometrically similar aerosol layers were captured over three locations. Although the aerosol size distribution was different between Fram Strait(bi-modal) and Ny-Ålesund (fine mono-modal), the atmospheric column ARE was similar. The latter was related to the domination of accumulation mode aerosol. Over both locations top of the atmosphere (TOA) warming was accompanied by surface cooling. Subsequently, the sensitivity of ARE was investigated with respect to different aerosol and spring-time ambient conditions. A 10% change in the single-scattering albedo (SSA) induced higher ARE perturbations compared to a 30% change in the aerosol extinction coefficient. With respect to ambient conditions, the ARETOA was more sensitive to solar elevation changes compared to AREsur f ace. Over dark surfaces the ARE profile was exclusively negative, while over bright surfaces a negative to positive shift occurred above the aerosol layers. Consequently, the sign of ARE can be highly sensitive in spring since this season is characterized by transitional surface albedo conditions. As the inversion of the aerosol microphysics is an ill-posed problem, the inferred aerosol size distribution of a low-tropospheric event was compared to the in-situ measured distribution. Both techniques revealed a bi-modal distribution, with good agreement in the total volume concentration. However, in terms of SSA a disagreement was found, with the lidar inversion indicating highly scattering particles and the in-situ measurements pointing to absorbing particles. The discrepancies could stem from assumptions in the inversion (e.g. wavelength-independent refractive index) and errors in the conversion of the in-situ measured light attenuation into absorption. Another source of discrepancy might be related to an incomplete capture of fine particles in the in-situ sensors. The disagreement in the most critical parameter for the Arctic ARE necessitates further exploration in the frame of aerosol closure experiments. Care must be taken in ARE modelling studies, which may use either the in-situ or lidar-derived SSA as input. Reliable characterization of cirrus geometrical and optical properties is necessary for improving their radiative estimates. In this respect, the detection of sub-visible cirrus is of special importance. The total cloud radiative effect (CRE) can be negatively biased, should only the optically-thin and opaque cirrus contributions are considered. To this end, a cirrus retrieval scheme was developed aiming at increased sensitivity to thin clouds. The cirrus detection was based on the wavelet covariance transform (WCT) method, extended by dynamic thresholds. The dynamic WCT exhibited high sensitivity to faint and thin cirrus layers (less than 200 m) that were partly or completely undetected by the existing static method. The optical characterization scheme extended the Klett–Fernald retrieval by an iterative lidar ratio (LR) determination (constrained Klett). The iterative process was constrained by a reference value, which indicated the aerosol concentration beneath the cirrus cloud. Contrary to existing approaches, the aerosol-free assumption was not adopted, but the aerosol conditions were approximated by an initial guess. The inherent uncertainties of the constrained Klett were higher for optically-thinner cirrus, but an overall good agreement was found with two established retrievals. Additionally, existing approaches, which rely on aerosol-free assumptions, presented increased accuracy when the proposed reference value was adopted. The constrained Klett retrieved reliably the optical properties in all cirrus regimes, including upper sub-visible cirrus with COD down to 0.02. Cirrus is the only cloud type capable of inducing TOA cooling or heating at daytime. Over the Arctic, however, the properties and CRE of cirrus are under-explored. In the final part of this work, long-term cirrus geometrical and optical properties were investigated for the first time over an Arctic site (Ny-Ålesund). To this end, the newly developed retrieval scheme was employed. Cirrus layers over Ny-Ålesund seemed to be more absorbing in the visible spectral region compared to lower latitudes and comprise relatively more spherical ice particles. Such meridional differences could be related to discrepancies in absolute humidity and ice nucleation mechanisms. The COD tended to decline for less spherical and smaller ice particles probably due to reduced water vapor deposition on the particle surface. The cirrus optical properties presented weak dependence on ambient temperature and wind conditions. Over the 10 years of the analysis, no clear temporal trend was found and the seasonal cycle was not pronounced. However, winter cirrus appeared under colder conditions and stronger winds. Moreover, they were optically-thicker, less absorbing and consisted of relatively more spherical ice particles. A positive CREnet was primarily revealed for a broad range of representative cloud properties and ambient conditions. Only for high COD (above 10) and over tundra a negative CREnet was estimated, which did not hold true over snow/ice surfaces. Consequently, the COD in combination with the surface albedo seem to play the most critical role in determining the CRE sign over the high European Arctic.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 136 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Motivation: Aerosol and cloud relevance to Arctic amplification 1.2 Theoretical background 1.2.1 Atmospheric aerosol 1.2.2 Aerosol in the Arctic 1.2.3 Cirrus clouds 1.3 Research questions 2 METHODS 2.1 lidar remote sensing techniqu 2.1.1 Elastic and Raman lidar equations 2.1.2 lidar signal corrections 2.1.3 Derivation of particle optical properties and related uncertainties 2.2 Lidar systems 2.2.1 Ground-based system KARL 2.2.2 Air-borne system AMALi 2.2.3 Space-borne system CALIOP 2.3 Ancillary instrumentation 2.3.1 Radiosondes 2.3.2 Sun-photometers 2.3.3 Radiation sensors 2.4 Modeling tools 2.4.1 Air mass backward trajectories 2.4.2 Aerosol microphysics retrieval algorithm 2.4.3 Radiative transfer model SCIATRAN 2.4.4 Multiple-scattering correction model 2.4.5 Simplified cloud radiative effect model 3 ARCTIC AEROSOL PROPERTIES AND RADIATIVE EFFECT (CASE STUDIES) 3.1 Aerosol in the upper troposphere (Spring) 3.1.1 Overview of aerosol observations and air mass origin 3.1.2 Modification of aerosol optical and microphysical properties 3.1.3 Aerosol radiative effect (ARE) 3.2 Sensitivities of the spring-time Arctic ARE 3.2.1 Sensitivity on aerosol related parameters 3.2.2 Sensitivity on ambient conditions 3.3 Aerosol in the lower troposphere (Winter) 3.3.1 Overview of remote sensing and in-situ measurements 3.3.2 Aerosol properties from the remote sensing perspective: KARL and CALIOP 3.3.3 Aerosol microphysical properties from in-situ and remote sensing perspectives 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions 4 DEVELOPMENT OF A CIRRUS CLOUD RETRIEVAL SCHEME 4.1 Fine-scale cirrus cloud detection 4.1.1 Selection of cirrus clouds 4.1.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform method 4.1.3 Revised detection method: Dynamic Wavelet Covariance Transform 4.2 Comparison of dynamic and static cirrus detection 4.3 Cirrus cloud optical retrievals 4.3.1 Existing cirrus optical retrievals: double-ended Klett and Raman 4.3.2 Temporal averaging within stationary periods 4.3.3 Revised optical retrieval: constrained Klett method 4.4 Comparison to established optical retrievals 4.5 How uncertainties in cirrus detection affect the optical retrievals? 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Limitations of cirrus retrieval schemes 4.6.2 Strengths of the revised retrieval scheme 4.7 Conclusions 5 LONG-TERM ANALYSIS OF ARCTIC CIRRUS CLOUD PROPERTIES 5.1 Overview of cirrus occurrence and meteorological conditions over Ny-Ålesund 5.2 Quality assurance of optical properties 5.2.1 Specular reflection effect 5.2.2 Investigation of extreme cirrus lidar ratio values 5.2.3 Multiple-scattering correction 5.3 Overview of cirrus optical properties over Ny-Ålesund 5.4 Inter-relations of cirrus properties 5.5 Dependence on meteorological conditions 5.5.1 Cirrus clouds in the tropopause 5.6 CRE estimation at TOA: sensitivity analysis 5.7 Conclusions 6 CONCLUSIONS AND OUTLOOK A CIRRUS DETECTION SENSITIVITIES a.1 Wavelet Covariance Transform - dilation sensitivity a.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform - wavelength dependency B CIRRUS OPTICAL CHARACTERIZATION SENSITIVITIES b.1 Reference value accuracy and limitations b.2 Inherent uncertainties of constrained Klett C MULTIPLE-SCATTERING CORRECTION FOR CIRRUS CLOUDS D SEASONAL CIRRUS PROPERTIES: DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    facet.materialart.12
    Tucson : University of Arizona Press
    Call number: 978-0-8165-4439-4 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Once Upon the Permafrost is a longitudinal climate ethnography about "knowing" a specific culture and the ecosystem that culture physically and spiritually depends on in the twenty-first-century context of climate change. Through careful integration of contemporary narratives, on-site observations, and document analysis, Susan Alexandra Crate shows how local understandings of change and the vernacular knowledge systems they are founded on provide critical information for interdisciplinary collaboration and effective policy prescriptions
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxviii, 327 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    Edition: Open-access edition published 2022
    ISBN: 9780816541553 , 0816541558 , 9780816541546 , 081654154X
    Series Statement: Critical green engagements: understanding the green economy and its alternatives
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam, The Netherlands : Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128160602 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (554 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9780128160602
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Acknowledgements Chapter 1 - The restless ocean Chapter 2 - Frameworks, data, and methods Chapter 3 - Surface drift, gyres, and the fate of plastic Chapter 4 - Western boundary currents and drifting organisms Chapter 5 - Eastern boundary currents, upwelling, and high biological productivity Chapter 6 - The tropical oceans, interannual climate variability, and ecosystem adaptation Chapter 7 - From the northern subpolar oceans to the Arctic and its retreating sea ice Chapter 8 - From the Southern Ocean to Antarctica and its changing ice shelves Chapter 9 - Processes and flows in marginal seas Chapter 10 - Ocean boundaries, connectivity, and inter-ocean exchanges Chapter 11 - The global circulation and transformation of water masses Chapter 12 - Ocean currents, heat transport, and climate Epilogue: Looking ahead Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 9780128191101 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (806 Seiten)
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 9780128191101
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Preface 1 Antarctic Climate Evolution - second edition 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Structure and content of the book Acknowledgements References 2 Sixty years of coordination and support for Antarctic science - the role of SCAR 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Scientific value of research in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean 2.3 The international framework in which SCAR operates 2.4 The organisation of SCAR 2.5 Sixty years of significant Antarctic science discoveries 2.6 Scientific Horizon Scan 2.7 Summary References Appendix 3 Cenozoic history of Antarctic glaciation and climate from onshore and offshore studies 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Long-term tectonic drivers and ice sheet evolution 3.3 Global climate variability and direct evidence for Antarctic ice sheet variability in the Cenozoic 3.3.1 Late Cretaceous to early Oligocene evidence of Antarctic ice sheets and climate variability 3.3.2 The Eocene-Oligocene transition and continental-scale glaciation of Antarctica 3.3.3 Transient glaciations of the Oligocene and Miocene 3.3.4 Pliocene to Pleistocene 3.4 Regional seismic stratigraphies and drill core correlations, and future priorities to reconstruct Antarctica's Cenozoic 3.4.1 Ross Sea 3.4.2 Amundsen Sea 3.4.3 Bellingshausen Sea and Pacific coastline of Antarctic Peninsula 3.4.4 The Northern Antarctic Peninsula and South Shetland Islands 3.4.5 The Eastern Margin of the Antarctic Peninsula 3.4.6 The South Orkney Microcontinent and adjacent deep-water basins 3.4.7 East Antarctic Margin 3.4.7.1 Weddell Sea 3.4.7.1.1 Gondwana break-up, Weddell Sea opening and pre-ice-sheet depositional environment 3.4.7.1.2 The Eocene-Oligocene transition and paleoenvironment during increasing glacial conditions 3.4.7.1.3 Recent geophysical survey beneath the Ekström Ice Shelf and future directions for drilling 3.4.7.2 Prydz Bay 3.4.7.2.1 Early Cenozoic greenhouse and earliest glacial phase in late Eocene 3.4.7.2.2 Oligocene-Miocene ice-sheet development 3.4.7.2.3 The Polar Ice Sheet (late Miocene(?)-Pleistocene) 3.4.7.3 East Antarctic Margin - Sabrina Coast 3.4.7.4 Wilkes Land margin and Georges V Land 3.5 Summary, future directions and challenges Acknowledgements References 4 Water masses, circulation and change in the modern Southern Ocean 4.1 Introduction 4.1.1 Defining the Southern Ocean 4.2 Water masses - characteristics and distribution 4.2.1 Upper ocean 4.2.2 Intermediate depth waters 4.2.3 Deep water 4.2.4 Bottom water 4.3 Southern Ocean circulation 4.3.1 Antarctic Circumpolar Current (ACC) 4.3.2 Southern Ocean meridional overturning circulation (SOMOC) 4.3.3 Deep western boundary currents 4.3.3.1 Pacific deep western boundary current 4.3.3.2 Indian deep western boundary currents 4.3.3.3 Atlantic deep western boundary current 4.3.4 Subpolar circulation - gyres, slope and coastal currents 4.3.4.1 Gyres 4.3.4.2 Antarctic slope and coastal currents 4.4 Modern Southern Ocean change 4.4.1 Climate change 4.4.2 Ocean change 4.4.3 Change in dynamics and circulation 4.5 Concluding remarks References 5 Advances in numerical modelling of the Antarctic ice sheet 5.1 Introduction and aims 5.2 Advances in ice sheet modelling 5.2.1 Grounding line physics 5.2.2 Adaptive grids 5.2.3 Parallel ice sheet model - PISM 5.2.4 Coupled models 5.3 Model input - bed data 5.4 Advances in knowledge of bed processes 5.5 Model intercomparison 5.6 Brief case studies 5.7 Future work References 6 The Antarctic Continent in Gondwana: a perspective from the Ross Embayment and Potential Research Targets for Future Investigations 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Antarctic plate and the present-day geological setting of the Ross Embayment 6.3 East Antarctica 6.3.1 The Main Geological Units during the Paleoproterozoic-Early Neoproterozoic Rodinia Assemblage 6.3.2 From Rodinia breakup to Gondwana (c. 800-650 Ma) 6.3.3 The 'Ross Orogen' in the Transantarctic Mountains during the late Precambrian-early Paleozoic evolution of the paleo-Pacific margin of Gondwana (c. 600-450 Ma) 6.4 West Antarctic Accretionary System 6.4.1 West Antarctica in the Precambrian to Mesozoic (c. 180 Ma) evolution of Gondwana until the middle Jurassic breakup 6.4.1.1 Precambrian to Cambrian metamorphic basement 6.4.1.2 Devono-Carboniferous arc magmatism ('Borchgrevink Event') (c. 370-350 Ma) 6.4.1.3 Beacon Supergroup (Devonian-Permo-Triassic-earliest Jurassic) 6.4.1.4 The Ellsworth-Whitmore Mountains Terrane and the Permo-Triassic arc magmatism 6.4.1.5 Ferrar Supergroup and the Gondwana breakup (c. 180Ma) 6.4.1.6 The Antarctic Andean Orogen 6.5 Mesozoic to Cenozoic Tectonic Evolution of the Transantarctic Mountains 6.6 Tectonic evolution in the Ross Sea Sector during the Cenozoic 6.7 Concluding remarks, open problems and potential research themes for future geoscience investigations in Antarctica 6.7.1 Persistent challenges for onshore geoscience investigations 6.7.2 Antarctica and the Ross Orogen in the Transantarctic Mountains 6.7.3 Antarctica after Gondwana fragmentation Acknowledgements References 7 The Eocene-Oligocene boundary climate transition: an Antarctic perspective 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Background 7.2.1 Plate tectonic setting 7.2.2 Antarctic paleotopography 7.2.3 Paleoceanographic setting 7.2.4 Global average and regional sea level response 7.2.5 Proxies to reconstruct past Antarctic climatic and environmental evolution 7.2.6 Far-field proxies 7.3 Antarctic Sedimentary Archives 7.3.1 Land-based outcrops 7.3.1.1 Antarctic Peninsula Region 7.3.1.2 King George (25 de Mayo) Island, South Shetland Islands 7.3.1.3 The Ross Sea Region 7.3.2 Sedimentary archives from drilling on the Antarctic Margin 7.3.2.1 Drill cores in the western Ross Sea 7.3.2.2 The Prydz Bay Region 7.3.2.3 Weddell Sea 7.3.2.4 Wilkes Land 7.4 Summary of climate signals from Antarctic sedimentary archives 7.4.1 Longer-term changes 7.4.2 The climate of the Eocene-Oligocene transition 7.5 The global context of Earth and climate system changes across the EOT 7.5.1 Climate modelling 7.5.2 Relative sea-level change around Antarctica 7.6 Summary 7.6.1 Early-middle Eocene polar warmth 7.6.2 Late Eocene cooling 7.6.3 Eocene-Oligocene transition Acknowledgements References 8 Antarctic Ice Sheet dynamics during the Late Oligocene and Early Miocene: climatic conundrums revisited 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Oligocene-Miocene Transition in Antarctic geological records and its climatic significance 8.3 Conundrums revisited 8.3.1 What caused major transient glaciation of Antarctica across the OMT? 8.3.2 Apparent decoupling of Late Oligocene climate and ice volume? 8.4 Concluding remarks Acknowledgements References 9 Antarctic environmental change and ice sheet evolution through the Miocene to Pliocene - a perspective from the Ross Sea and George V to Wilkes Land Coasts 9.1 Introduction 9.1.1 Overview and relevance 9.1.2 Far-field records of climate and ice sheet variability 9.1.2.1 The Early Miocene 9.1.2.2 The mid-Miocene 9.1.2.3 The Late Miocene 9.1.2.4 The Pliocene 9.1.3 Southern Ocean Paleogeography and Paleoceanography 9.1.4 Land elevation change and influences on Antarctic Ice Sheet evolution 9.2 Records of Miocene to Pliocene climate and ice sheet variability from the Antarctic margin 9.2.1 Introduction to stratigraphic records 9.2.2 George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.1 Geological setting 9.2.2.2 Oceanography of the Adelie coast 9.2.2.3 Seismic stratigraphy off the George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.4 Drill core records from the George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.5 Neogene history of the George V Land to Wilkes Land margin 9.2.3 The Ross Sea Embayment and Southern Victoria Land 9.2.3.1 Geological setting 9.2.3.2 Oceanography and climate in the Ross Sea Region 9.2.3.3 Seismic stratigraphic records in the Ross Sea 9.2.3.4 Stratigraphic records from drill cores in the Ross Sea 9.2.3.5 Terrestrial records from Southern Victoria Land 9.2.3.6 Neogene history in the Ross Sea Region 9.3 Numerical modelling 9.3.1 Miocene
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 9783867747172 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Digitalisierung verändert rasant unsere Demokratie und ihre Mechanismen. In der Arena der politischen Meinungs- und Willensbildung ist es komplex und unübersichtlich geworden. Neue Akteursgruppen betreten die Bühne, klassische Medien haben ihre Kontrollfunktion über Debatten in weiten Teilen eingebüßt, Populismus und Fake News bedrohen unsere politische Kultur und Organisationen müssen sich strategisch, strukturell und kommunikativ auf den Umbruch in eine digitale Gesellschaft vorbereiten. Trotzdem ist sich der »Political Native« Juri Schnöller sicher: Die Chance für den Aufbruch in eine bessere Gesellschaft ist so groß wie nie zuvor. Egal ob Politik, Zivilgesellschaft, öffentliche Verwaltung, NGOs oder Wirtschaft - alle ringen um Aufmerksamkeit für ihre Anliegen in dieser digitalen Public Arena und haben die gleichen Fragen: Wie baue ich erfolgreich eine digitale Kommunikationsstrategie? Was brauche ich, um Menschen wirklich für mein Anliegen zu begeistern? Wo erreiche ich meine Zielgruppen und mit welchen Inhalten auf welchen Kanälen kann ich sie ansprechen und involvieren? Wie schaffe ich es nachhaltig, meine Ziele zu verwirklichen und mit meinen Werten einen Beitrag für eine bessere Gesellschaft zu leisten? Das Public Arena Playbook gibt als erstes seiner Art allen Kommunikatoren eine konkrete Navigation an die Hand, um in der öffentlichen Arena im digitalen Zeitalter wertebasiert, wirksam und willensstark zu kommunizieren. Kompakt werden die besten Strategien, Tools und Methoden vorgestellt und von praktischen Beispielen und spannenden Interviews begleitet. Es liefert neben Handlungsanweisungen aber auch ein klares ethisches Wertefundament für eine konstruktive Debatte im digitalen Raum - positiv, integrativ, inklusiv. Denn: Nie war mehr Anfang als jetzt!
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (300 Seiten)
    Edition: 1st edition
    ISBN: 9783867747172
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Willkommen in der Arena der Möglichkeiten! Die Public Arena im digitalen Zeitalter Kommunikation in der Public Arena Dein Navigator: Das Public Arena Framework LEITBILD Vision & Mission Ziele SET-UP Analyse Struktur Kultur Daten TAKTIK Positionierung Zielgruppen Kanäle ACTION Storytelling Content Politisches Targeting Community Mobilisierung Krise Fake News Ausblick: Was die Public Arena der Zukunft braucht Public Arena Expert:innen Interviews Das Public-Arena-Team Deep-Dive-Bibliothek Literaturverzeichnis.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    facet.materialart.12
    London : Facet Publishing
    Call number: 9781783305162 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The Academic Teaching Librarian's Handbook is a comprehensive resource on teaching and professional development for information professionals and instructors at all career stages. It explores the current landscape of teaching librarianship, and highlights and discusses the important developments, issues, and trends that are shaping current and future practice.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 279 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781783305162
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Figures and tables Acknowledgements Introduction Part 1 Constructing the Academic Teaching Librarian 1 Shaping the academic teaching librarian 1.1 Introduction: critical issues for academic teaching librarians 1.2 Conceptions of literacy: terminology and the academic teaching librarian 1.3 New frameworks: information literacy in context 1.4 Critical information literacy 1.5 Social media and filter bubbles: the rise of 'fake news' 1.6 Learning analytics 1.7 E-research and datafied scholarship 2 Defining the academic teaching librarian 2.1 Introduction: who is the academic teaching librarian? 2.2 Professional identity and 'teacher identity' 2.3 Roles and responsibilities of academic teaching librarians 2.4 The information-literate self 2.5 Reflective practice for academic teaching librarians 2.6 Developing a personal teaching philosophy 3 Becoming an academic teaching librarian 3.1 Introduction: choosing the academic teaching librarian pathway 3.2 Looking inwards: self-analysis and the teaching role 3.3 Does a 'teaching personality' exist? 3.4 Mapping your teaching profile 3.5 Planning and developing your teaching role 3.6 Keeping current with teaching trends 3.7 Documenting and showcasing your work: teaching portfolios for librarians Part 2 Excelling as an Academic Teaching Librarian 4 Technology and the academic teaching librarian 4.1 Introduction: the digital environment for academic teaching librarians 4.2 Teaching, learning and technology: key concepts 4.3 The digital imperative in higher education 4.4 Digital education in higher education (HE): state of the art 4.5 Digital learning and the academic teaching librarian.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94427
    Description / Table of Contents: Nur wenn sich unser Umgang mit Land grundlegend ändert, können die Klimaschutzziele erreicht, der dramatische Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt abgewendet und das globale Ernährungssystem nachhaltig gestaltet werden. Der WBGU schlägt in diesem Gutachten fünf exemplarische Mehrgewinnstrategien vor, um Konkurrenzen zwischen Nutzungsansprüchen zu überwinden. Diese sollten durch fünf Governance-Strategien vorangetrieben werden, darunter insbesondere die Setzung geeigneter Rahmenbedingungen, eine Neuorientierung der EU-Politik und die Errichtung von Gemeinschaften gleichgesinnter Staaten. „Der jüngste Bericht des WBGU mit dem Titel ‚Landwende im Anthropozän: Von der Konkurrenz zur Integration‘ macht deutlich, dass wir einen grundlegenden Wandel im Umgang mit Land benötigen, um den Klimawandel zu begrenzen, den Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt umzukehren und nachhaltige Ernährungssysteme zu schaffen. Gesundes Land ist endlich, aber Veränderungen im Verhalten von Konsumenten und Unternehmen, kombiniert mit besserer Landnutzungsplanung und Landmanagement, können dazu beitragen, die Nachfrage nach lebenswichtigen Gütern und Dienstleistungen zu befriedigen, ohne die Landressourcen zu gefährden. Dieser Bericht zeigt, wie durch besseres Landmanagement Klimaschutz gefördert, Ökosysteme geschützt und Ernährungssysteme nachhaltig werden können.“
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 389 Seiten , 82 Illustrationen , 27.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 942 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783946830054 , 3946830056
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Mitarbeiter*innen des Beirats Danksagung Kästen Tabellen Abbildungen Akronyme Zusammenfassung 1 Einleitung 2 Land als Schlüssel zur Nachhaltigkeit – ein systemischer Blick 2.1 Landressourcen unter Druck: Nutzungskonkurrenzen, Übernutzung, Degradation 2.1.1 Ausmaß und Trends der Degradation terrestrischer Ökosysteme 2.1.2 Treiber von Landdegradation und Folgen 2.1.3 Land Degradation Neutrality als Ziel internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 2.2 Das Trilemma der Landnutzung 2.2.1 Die Klimakrise 2.2.2 Die Krise des Ernährungssystems 2.2.3 Die Biodiversitätskrise 2.3 Zukunftsvision für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 2.3.1 Ein nachhaltiger Umgang mit Land: systemisch, synergistisch, solidarisch 2.3.2 Die Transformation zu einem nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land gestalten 3 Mehrgewinnstrategien für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 3.1 Renaturierung: Landbasierte CO2-Entfernung synergistisch gestalten 3.1.1 CO2-Senken: Ausgangssituation 3.1.1.1 CO2-Entfernung aus der Atmosphäre: Konzept und Definition 3.1.1.2 Landbasierte Ansätze zur CO2-Entfernung: Technologien, Potenziale und Begleitwirkungen 3.1.1.3 Die Rolle von Methoden der CO2-Entfernung in Klimaschutzszenarien 3.1.2 Grundsätze zur nachhaltigen CO2-Entfernung: Unsicherheiten beleuchten, Risiken begrenzen, Mehrgewinne beflügeln 3.1.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie „Renaturierung degradierter terrestrischer Ökosysteme" 3.1.3.1 Renaturierung als Strategie zur Revitalisierung von Ökosystemfunktionen 3.1.3.2 Wiederaufforstung 3.1.3.3 Renaturierung von Graslandökosystemen 3.1.3.4 Renaturierung von Mooren 3.1.3.5 Renaturierung im Fokus internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 3.1.3.6 Umsetzung von Renaturierungsmaßnahmen 3.1.3.7 Folgerungen zu Renaturierung 3.1.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.1.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Maßnahmen zur Entfernung von CO2 3.1.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen zur Renaturierung degradierter Ökosysteme 3.1.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.1.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen: CO2-Entfernung 3.1.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen: Renaturierung 3.2 Schutzgebietssysteme ausweiten und aufwerten 3.2.1 Ökosystemschutz: Probleme und Mehrgewinne 3.2.2 Internationale Ziele für den Ökosystemschutz 3.2.3 Die Ausweitung und Aufwertung von Schutzgebietssystemen als Mehrgewinnstrategie 3.2.3.1 Schutzgebietssysteme als Instrumente des Ökosystem- und Biodiversitätsschutzes 3.2.3.2 Mehrgewinne in Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.3.3 Zielerreichung und künftige Ziele 3.2.3.4 Schutzgebietssysteme unter Druck: Treiber, Handlungsbedarfe, Barrieren und Akteure 3.2.3.5 Fokus indigene Völker und lokale Gemeinschaften: Hüter*innen der Ökosysteme 3.2.3.6 Fokus Landschaft: vernetzte Schutzgebietssysteme in einem integrierten Landschaftsansatz 3.2.3.7 Fokus Finanzierung von Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.4 Folgerungen 3.2.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.2.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3 Landwirtschaftssysteme diversifizieren 3.3.1 Heutige Landwirtschaftssysteme stoßen an die Grenzen 3.3.1.1 Industrielle Landwirtschaft: Beispiel EU 3.3.1.2 Ertragsarme Subsistenzlandwirtschaft und persistierende Ernährungsunsicherheit: Beispiel Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.1.3 Wirkung des internationalen Agrarhandels auf Resilienz gegenüber Krisen und nachhaltige Entwicklung: Die Beispiele EU und Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.2 Mehrgewinnstrategien zur Diversifizierung von Landwirtschaftssystemen 3.3.2.1 Zielbild und Grundsätze 3.3.2.2 Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft in der EU 3.3.2.3 Landwirtschaftliche Produktivität in Subsahara-Afrika nachhaltig steigern, Klimaanpassung und Ernährungssicherung erreichen 3.3.2.4 Ausrichtung des Agrarhandels auf Resilienz und Nachhaltigkeit 3.3.2.5 Ökologisierung versus Intensivierung und die Messung der Treibhausgase: Eine Einordnung 3.3.2.6 Komponenten der Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.3.3.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für die Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft der EU und die GAP nach 2020 3.3.3.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Subsahara-Afrika und für die Entwicklungszusammenarbeit 3.3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen zum Handel 3.3.4 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3.4.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zur EU 3.3.4.2 Forschungsempfehlungen zur Landnutzung in Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.4.3 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Handel. 3.4 Die Transformation der tierproduktlastigen Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern vorantreiben 3.4.1 Problemstellung: Das globale Ernährungssystem 3.4.1.1 Definition und Entwicklung des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.2 Auswirkungen des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.3 Ernährungsstile 3.4.1.4 Treiber für die Missstände im Ernährungssystem 3.4.2 Transformation des Ernährungssystems durch Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.2.1 Potenziale auf Seiten der Nachfrage 3.4.2.2 Zielbild: Mehrgewinn durch die Transformation tierproduktlastiger Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern 3.4.3 Eine Frage des Bewusstseins? Von den vielfältigen Bedingungen der Entwicklung und Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.1 Ernährungsstile und Konzerninteressen global betrachtet 3.4.3.2 Einflüsse auf die Entwicklung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.3 Nahrungsaufnahme als soziale Situation 3.4.3.4 Brüche in der Ernährungsbiografie und Wertewandel im Ernährungsstil 3.4.3.5 Kontext und Ressourcen als mögliche Ansatzpunkte für Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.6 Fazit: normative nachhaltige Orientierung in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung als besonderer Transformationsauslöser 3.4.4 Ansatzpunkte zur Stärkung der Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.4.1 Steuerung mit Spielräumen zur Achtung von Eigenart 3.4.4.2 Transformation durch wahre Preise und nachhaltiges Angebot 3.4.4.3 Vielfältige Nuclei der Transformation 3.4.4.4 Transformationspotenzial durch Stärkung von Wissensressourcen (Siegel und Leitlinien) 3.4.4.5 Transformationsansätze in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung: Hebung mehrfachen Transformationspotenzials 3.4.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.4.5.1 Nachhaltige Ernährung durch mit der Planetary Health Diet konforme Leitlinien konsequent zur Norm erheben 3.4.5.2 Den Trend zu tierproduktarmer Ernährung unterstützen und Ernährungsbiografien nachhaltig prägen 3.4.5.3 Konsument*innen darin unterstützen, nachhaltige Ernährungsstile zu praktizieren 3.4.5.4 „Gesunden Handel“ national und international fördern 3.4.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.4.6.1 Transformative Forschung zur Stärkung nachhaltiger Ernährungsstile 3.4.6.2 Bestehende Forschungsprogramme im Ernährungsbereich um nachhaltige Aspekte erweitern 3.5 Bioökonomie verantwortungsvoll gestalten und dabei Holzbau fördern 3.5.1 Probleme und Potenziale der verstärkten Nutzung biologischer Ressourcen 3.5.2 Zielbild und wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.2.1 Zielbild einer nachhaltigen Bioökonomie 3.5.2.2 Wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie Holzbau 3.5.3.1 Potenziale des Holzbaus als Ergänzung und Alternative zu konventionellen Bauweisen 3.5.3.2 Bestehende Instrumente zur Förderung des Holzbaus 3.5.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.5.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Holzbau 3.5.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.5.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.5.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Holzbau 3.5.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.6 Zusammenspiel und Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.6.1 Zusammenspiel zwischen Mehrgewinnstrategien: Beispiele 3.6.2 Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien im Kontext des integrierten Landschaftsansatzes 4 Transformative Governance für einen solidarischen Umgang mit Land 4.1 Pionier*innen des Wandels: Akteure zur Verantwortungsübernahme ermächtigen 4.1.1 Möglichkeiten und Grenzen eines nachhaltigen solidarischen Konsums 4.1.2 Pionier*innen des Wandels in wirkmächtigen Rollen 4.1.3 Empfehlungen zur Förderung von solidarischem Konsum und von Nischenakteuren in der Landwende 4.2 Gestaltender Staat: Rahmenbedingungen für den solidarischen Umgang mit Land schaffen 4.2.1 Nachhaltiges Verhalten belohnen, Umweltschäden bepreisen: Anreiz- und Preisinstrumente 4.2.2 Nachhaltigkeit einfordern: freiwillige und
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: 9780128171301 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (786 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 978-0-12-817130-1
    Series Statement: Hazards and disasters series
    Former Title: Snow and ice-related hazards, risks, and disasters (1. Auflage, Druckausgabe)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors Editorial foreword Preface CHAPTER 1 Snow and ice-related hazards, risks, and disasters: Facing challenges of rapid change and long-term commitments / Wilfried Haeberli and Colin Whiteman 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Costs and benefits: Living with snow and ice 1.3 Small and large, fast and slow, local to global: Dealing with constraints 1.4 Beyond historical experience: Monitoring, modeling, and managing rapid and irreversible changes Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 2 Physical, thermal, and mechanical properties of snow, ice, and permafrost / Lukas Arenson (U.), William Colgan, and Hans Peter Marshall 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Density and structure 2.2.1 Snow 2.2.2 Ice 2.2.3 Frozen ground/permafrost 2.3 Thermal properties 2.3.1 Snow 2.3.2 Ice 2.3.3 Frozen ground 2.4 Mechanical properties 2.4.1 Brittle behavior 2.4.2 Ductile behavior 2.5 Electromagnetic and wave properties 2.5.1 Snow 2.5.2 Ice 2.5.3 Frozen ground 2.6 Summary Acknowledgment References.. CHAPTER 3 Snow and ice in the climate system / Atsumu Ohmura 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Physical extent of the cryosphere 3.3 Climatic conditions of the cryosphere 3.3.1 Snow cover 3.3.2 Sea ice 3.3.3 Permafrost 3.3.4 Glaciers References CHAPTER 4 Snow and ice in the hydrosphere / Jan Seibert, Michal Jenicek, Matthias Huss, Tracy Ewen, and Daniel Viviroli 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Snow accumulation and melt 4.2.1 Snowpack description 4.2.2 Snow accumulation 4.2.3 Snow redistribution, metamorphism, and ripening process 4.2.4 Snowpack development 4.2.5 Snowmelt 4.3 Glaciers and glacial mass balance 4.3.1 Glacier mass balance 4.3.2 Glacial drainage system 4.3.3 Modeling glacier discharge 4.4 Hydrology of snow- and ice-covered catchments 4.4.1 Influence of snow on discharge 4.4.2 Snowmelt runoff and climate change 4.4.3 Influence of glaciers on discharge 4.4.4 River ice 4.4.5 Seasonally frozen soil and permafrost 4.5 Concluding remarks References CHAPTER 5 Snow, ice, and the biosphere / Terry V. Callaghan and Margareta Johansson 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Adaptations to snow, ice, and permafrost. 5.3 Snow and ice as habitats 5.4 Snow as a moderator of habitat 5.4.1 Modification of winter habitat 5.4.2 Modification of nonwinter habitat 5.4.3 Effects of changing snow on the biosphere 5.5 Ice as a moderator of habitat 5.5.1 Mechanical effects of ice 5.5.2 Effects of changing lake and river ice on the biosphere 5.5.3 Effects of changing sea ice on the biosphere 5.6 Permafrost as a moderator of habitat 5.6.1 Effects of changing permafrost on the biosphere 5.6.2 Snow-permafrost-vegetation interactions 5.7 Vegetation as a moderator of snow, ice, and permafrost habitats 5.8 Conclusions Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 6 Ice and snow as land-forming agents / Darrel A. Swift, Simon Cook, Tobias Heckmann, Isabelle Gärtner-Roer, Oliver Korup, and Jeffrey Moore 6.1 Glacial processes and landscapes 6.1.1 Erosion mechanisms and their controls 6.1.2 Landforms and associated hazards 6.1.3 Landscape evolution and rates of glacial incision 6.1.4 Recommended avenues for further research 6.2 Periglacial and permafrost processes and landforms 6.2.1 Landforms and processes related to seasonal frost and permafrost 6.3 The role of snow in forming landscapes 6.3.1 Influence of snow cover on geomorphic processes 6.3.2 Snow-related geomorphic processes and landforms 6.3.3 Potential impacts of global change on snow-related geomorphic processes 6.3.4 Quantifying rates 6.3.5 Modeling 6.4 Conclusions and outlook Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 7 Mountains, lowlands, and coasts: The physiography of cold landscapes / Tobias Bolch and Hanne H. Christiansen 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Physiography of the terrestrial cryosphere 7.2.1 High altitudes/mountains 7.2.2 Cold lowlands 7.2.3 Cold coasts 7.3 Glaciers and ice sheets: Extent and distribution 7.4 Permafrost types, extent, and distribution 7.5 Glacier-permafrost interactions References CHAPTER 8 A socio-cryospheric systems approach to glacier hazards, glacier runoff variability, and climate change / Mark Carey, Graham McDowell, Christian Huggel, Becca Marshall, Holly Moulton, Cesar Portocarrero, Zachary Provant, John M. Reynolds, and Luis Vicuña 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Integrated adaptation in dynamic socio-cryospheric systems 8.3 Glacier and glacial lake hazards 8.3.1 Cordillera Blanca, Peru 8.3.2 Santa Teresa, Peru 8.3.3 Nepal 8.4 Volcano-ice hazards 8.5 Glacier runoff, hydrologic variability, and water use hazards 8.5.1 Nepal 8.5.2 Peru 8.6 Coastal resources and hazards 8.7 Discussion and conclusions Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 9 Integrative risk management: The example of snow avalanches / Michael Bründl and Stefan Margreth 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Risk analysis 9.2.1 Hazard analysis 9.2.2 Exposure and vulnerability analysis 9.2.3 Consequence analysis and calculation of risk 9.3 Risk evaluation 9.3.1 Evaluation of individual risk 9.3.2 Evaluation of collective risk 9.4 Mitigation of risk 9.4.1 Meaning of mitigation of risk 9.4.2 Technical avalanche mitigation measures 9.4.3 Land-use planning 9.4.4 Biological measures and protection forests 9.4.5 Organizational measures 9.5 Methods and tools for risk assessment and evaluation of mitigation measures 9.6 Case study “Evaluation of avalanche mitigation measures for Juneau, Alaska” 9.6.1 Introduction 9.6.2 Avalanche situation 9.6.3 Hazard analysis 9.6.4 Consequence analysis and risk evaluation 9.6.5 Protection measures 9.6.6 Conclusions 9.7 Final remarks References CHAPTER 10 Permafrost degradation / Dmitry Streletskiy 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Drivers of permafrost and active-layer change across space and time 10.2.1 Role of climate: Air temperature and liquid precipitation 10.2.2 Role of topography 10.2.3 Role of vegetation and snow 10.2.4 Role of soil properties 10.3 Observed permafrost and active-layer changes 10.4 Permafrost modeling and forecasting 10.5 Permafrost degradation and infrastructure hazards 10.5.1 Buildings on permafrost 10.5.2 Pipelines on permafrost 10.5.3 Railroads, roads, and utility on permafrost 10.6 Coastal erosion and permafrost 10.7 Summary Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 11 Radioactive waste under conditions of future ice ages / Urs H. Fischer, Anke Bebiolka, Jenny Brandefelt, Denis Cohen, Joel Harper, Sarah Hirschorn, Mark Jensen, Laura Kennell, Johan Liakka, Jens-Ove Näslund, Stefano Normani, Heidrun Stück, and Axel Weitkamp 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Timing of future glacial inception 11.2.1 Introduction 11.2.2 Definition of glacial inception 11.2.3 Controlling factors of glacial inception 11.2.4 Future long-term variations of insolation and atmospheric greenhouse gas concentrations 11.2.5 Modeling of future glacial inception 11.2.6 Timing of future glacial inception and concluding remarks 11.3 The glacier ice-groundwater interface: Constraints from a transect of the modern Greenland Ice Sheet 11.3.1 Background 11.3.2 Basal thermal state 11.3.3 Framework of the ice-bed interface 11.3.4 Basal water 11.3.5 Summary 11.4 Deep glacial erosion in the Alpine Foreland of northern Switzerland 11.4.1 Background 11.4.2 Ice age conditions 11.4.3 Processes of glacial erosion and glacial overdeepening 11.4.4 Water flow in overdeepenings 11.4.5 Deep glacial erosion in the Swiss Plateau 11.4.6 Future research focus 11.5 Tunnel valleys in Germany and their relevance to the long-term safety of nuclear waste repositories 11.5.1 Background 11.5.2 Formation of tunnel valleys 11.5.3 Tunnel valleys in Northern Germany 11.5.4 Tunnel valleys in the German North Sea 11.5.5 Glacial overdeepening in Southern Germany 11.5.6 Impact of tunnel valley formation on host rocks 11.6 Assessment of glacial impacts on geosphere stability and barrier capacity—Canadian perspective 11.6.1 Background 11.6.2 Bruce Nuclear Site—Location and geologic setting Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 12 Snow avalanches / Jürg Schweizer, Perry Bartelt, and Alec van Herwijnen 12.1 Introduction 12.2 The avalanche phenomenon 12.3 Avalanche release 12.3.1 Dry-snow avalanches 1
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: 9783030789275 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book is based on results from the Russian expedition in the region of the Antarctic Peninsula and Powell Basin in the northern part of the Weddell Sea, as well as on the review of earlier research in the region. The main goal of the research was to collect the newest data and study the physical properties and ecology of this key region of the Southern Ocean. Data analysis is supplemented with numerical modeling of the atmosphere-ocean interaction and circulation in the adjacent region, including research on rogue waves. The focus of the study was the Antarctic Circumpolar Current, currents and water properties in the Bransfield Strait and Antarctic Sound, properties of seawater, currents, ecosystem and biological communities in the Powell Basin of the northwestern Weddell Sea, and their variations. An attempt is made to reveal the role of various components of the Antarctic environment in the formation of biological productivity and maintenance of the Antarctic krill population. This is especially important as in the last decades the Antarctic environment has experienced significant changes related to the global climatic trends.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 455 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030789275
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology Volume 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Atmosphere-Ocean Interaction and Physical Oceanography 1 Geostrophic and Wind-Driven Components of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current / Nikolay A. Diansky, Varvara V. Bagatinskaya, Anatoly V. Gusev, and Eugene G. Morozov 2 Multi-jet Structure of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current / Roman Yu Tarakanov 3 Frontal Zone Between Relatively Warm and Cold Waters in the Northern Weddell Sea / Eugene G. Morozov, Viktor A. Krechik, Dmitry I. Frey, Alexander A. Polukhin, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Valentina V. Kasyan, Philipp V. Sapozhnikov, and Rinat Z. Mukhametianov 4 Water Masses, Currents, and Phytoplankton in the Bransfield Strait in January 2020 / Eugene G. Morozov, Dmitry I. Frey, Viktor A. Krechik, Alexander A. Polukhin, and Philipp V. Sapozhnikov 5 Intra-annual Variability of Water Structure in the Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean Based on the ECMWF ORA-S3 and OI SST Reanalysis / Yuri V. Artamonov, Elena A. Skripaleva, Alexander V. Fedirko, and Nikolay V. Nikolsky 6 The Circulation and Mixing Zone in the Antarctic Sound in February 2020 / Alexander V. Krek, Elena V. Krek, and Viktor A. Krechik 7 Rogue Waves in the Drake Passage: Unpredictable Hazard / Ekaterina G. Didenkulova, Tatiana G. Talipova, and Efim N. Pelinovsky 8 Water Mass Transformation in the Powell Basin / Alina A. Fedotova and Svetlana V. Stepanova 9 Interannual Variations of Water Mass Properties in the Central Basin of the Bransfield Strait / Alina A. Fedotova and Sergey V. Kashin 10 Sea Surface Temperature and Ice Concentration Analysis Based on the NOAA Long-Term Satellite and Sea-Truth Data in the Atlantic Antarctic / Viktor V. Zamshin and Vladislav A. Shliupikov Part II Chemical Oceanography, Seawater Optical Properties, Productivity and Microbial Processes 11 Hydrochemical Structure of Waters in the Northern Weddell Sea in Austral Summer 2020 / Svetlana V. Stepanova, Alexander A. Polukhin, Gennadii V. Borisenko, Anna L. Chultsova, Evgeniia N. Marina, Oleg S. Popov, Anna M. Seliverstova, Anna V. Vidnichuk, and Petr P. Tishchenko 12 Features and Processes of the Oxygen and pCO2 Dynamics in the Surface Waters in the Western Parts of the Weddell and Scotia Seas (Southern Ocean) / Natalia A. Orekhova, Anna V. Vidnichuk, and Sergey K. Konovalov 13 Earth’s Insolation and Spatiotemporal Variability of Albedo in the Antarctic / Anton A. Bukatov and Margarita V. Babiy 14 Quantitative and Productional Characteristics of Microplankton in the Powell Basin and Bransfield Strait in Summer / Nadezda D. Romanova, Sergey A. Mosharov, Olga V. Vorobieva, and Elena V. Bardyukova 15 Detection of Thermophilic Methanotrophic Microbial Communities in the Water Column of the Bransfield Strait (Antarctica) / Anna L. Ponomareva, Nikita S. Polonik, Aleksandra V. Kim, and Renat B. Shakirov 16 Spectral Bio-optical Properties of Waters in the Bransfield Strait and Powell Basin / Tanya Ya Churilova, Nataliia A. Moiseeva, Tatiana V. Efimova, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Elena Y. Skorokhod, and Anatoly S. Buchelnikov 17 Variability of Seawater Optical Properties in the Adjacent Water Basins of the Antarctic Peninsula in January and February 2020 / Alexandr A. Latushkin, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Anton V. Garmashov, Pavel A. Salyuk, Inna V. Sahling, and Dmitry I. Glukhovets 18 Bio-Optical Models for Estimating Euphotic Zone Depth in the Western Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean in the Antarctic Summer / Pavel A. Salyuk, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Dmitry I. Glukhovets, Alexander N. Khrapko, Anatoly V. Grigoriev, Alexandr A. Latushkin, and Nadezda D. Romanova 19 Phycoerythrin Pigment Distribution in the Upper Water Layer Across the Weddell-Scotia Confluence Zone and Drake Passage / Pavel A. Salyuk, Dmitry I. Glukhovets, Alexander Yu. Mayor, Natalia A. Moiseeva, Vladimir A. Artemiev, and Alexander N. Khrapko 20 Nanophytoplankton in the Bransfield Strait: Contribution of Cryptophyta to the Community Abundance and Biomass During Austral Summer / Vladimir S. Mukhanov, Evgeny G. Sakhon, Aleksander A. Polukhin, and Vladimir A. Artemiev Part III Section Marine Ecosystems and Their Oceanographical Background 21 Phytopelagic Communities of the Powell Basin in the Summer of 2020 / Philipp V. Sapozhnikov, Olga Yu. Kalinina, and Tatiana V. Morozova 22 Bioluminescence in the Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean Based on the Field Observations and Sounding Data / Aleksandr V. Melnik, Viktor V. Melnikov, Lidiya A. Melnik, Olga V. Mashukova, and Sergei V. Kapranov 23 Parasites as an Inseparable Part of Antarctic and Subantarctic Marine Biodiversity / Tatyana A. Polyakova and Ilya I. Gordeev 24 Spatial Distribution, Species Composition, and Number of Seabirds in the Argentine Basin, Drake Passage, East of Antarctic Peninsula, and Powell Basin in January–March 2020 / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Alexander L. Mischenko, Nikolai B. Konyukhov, Alexander E. Dmitriyev, Andrey V. Tretyakov, Gleb Yu. Pilipenko, Svetlana M. Artemyeva, and Matvey S. Mamayev 25 Spatial Distribution, Species Composition, and Number of Marine Mammals in the Argentine Basin, Drake Passage, East of Antarctic Peninsula, and Powell Basin in January–March 2020 / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Andrey V. Tretyakov, Alexander L. Mischenko, Nikolai B. Konyukhov, Svetlana M. Artemyeva, Gleb Yu. Pilipenko, Matvey S. Mamayev, and Alexander E. Dmitriyev 26 Meat in the Ocean: How Much and Who Is to Blame? / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Andrey V. Tretyakov, and Alexander L. Mischenko 27 Macro- and Mesozooplankton in the Powell Basin (Antarctica): Species Composition and Distribution of Abundance and Biomass in February 2020 / Vladimir A. Yakovenko, Vassily A. Spiridonov, Konstantin M. Gorbatenko, Nickolai V. Shadrin, Ernest Z. Samyshev, and Natalia I. Minkina 28 Application of Autonomous Underwater Vehicles for Research of Ecosystems in the Southern Ocean / Alexander Yu. Konoplin, Alexey I. Borovik, Denis N. Mikhailov, Yuriy V. Vaulin, Alexander F. Scherbatyuk, Alexey A. Boreiko, Roman A. Babaev, Dmitriy A. Bolovin, and Dmitriy I. Tregubenko 29 Heavy Metals and Anthropogenic Radionuclides in the Region of the Antarctic Peninsula / Artem A. Paraskiv, Natalia Yu. Mirzoeva, Nataliya N. Tereshchenko, Vladislav Yu. Proskurnin, Ilya G. Sidorov, Svetlana I. Arkhipova, and Eugene G. Morozov
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: 9783030534400 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book features original research and recent advances in ICT fields related to sustainable development. Based the International Conference on Networks, Intelligent systems, Computing & Environmental Informatics for Sustainable Development, held in Marrakech in April 2020, it features peer-reviewed chapters authored by prominent researchers from around the globe. As such it is an invaluable resource for courses in computer science, electrical engineering and urban sciences for sustainable development. This book covered topics including • Green Networks • Artificial Intelligence for Sustainability • Environment Informatics • Computing Technologies
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 407 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-53440-0 , 9783030534400
    ISSN: 2522-8722 , 2522-8714
    Series Statement: Advances in science, technology & innovation
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Artificial Intelligence for Sustainability An Intelligent Chatbot Using NLP and TF-IDF Algorithm for Text Understanding Applied to the Medical Field / Ayanouz Soufyane, Boudhir Anouar Abdelhakim, and Mohamed Ben Ahmed Artificial Intelligence in Predicting the Spread of Coronavirus to Ensure Healthy Living for All Age Groups / Stitini Oumaima, Kaloun Soulaimane, and Bencharef Omar Sustainability of Artificial Intelligence and Deep Learning Algorithms for Medical Image Classification: Case of Cancer Pathology / Dahdouh Yousra, Anouar Boudhir Abdelhakim, and Ben Ahmed Mohamed An Intelligent Strategy for Developing Scientific Learning Skills / Okacha Diyer, Naceur Achtaich, and Khalid Najib Interactivity for Artificial Intelligence Systems: NL2SQL / Karam Ahkouk, Mustapha Machkour, Rachid Mama, and Khadija Majhadi Toward an Intelligent Hybrid System Based on Data Analysis and Preprocessing Method / Sara Belattar, Otman Abdoun, and Haimoudi El khatir Proposed Precautions for Newborn Malware Family Inspired from the COVID19 Epidemic Outbreak / Ikram Ben Abdel Ouahab, Mohammed Bouhorma, Lotfi ElAachak,and Anouar Abdelhakim Boudhir Using Deep Features Extraction and Ensemble Classifiers to Detect Glaucoma from Fundus Images / Stephane Cedric Tekouabou Koumetio, El Arbi Abdellaoui Alaoui, Imane Chabbar, Walid Cherif, and Hassan Silkan The Role of Applications Deep Learning in Achieving Sustainable Development Goals / Redouane Lhiadi, Abdelali Kaaouachi, and Abdessamad Jaddar Self-Attention Mechanism for Diabetic Retinopathy Detection / Othmane Daanouni, Bouchaib Cherradi, and Amal Tmiri Comparative Study of Supervised Machine Learning Color-Based Segmentation for Object Detection in X-Ray Baggage Images for Intelligent Transportation Systems / Mohamed Chouai, Mostefa Merah, José-Luis Sancho-GÓmez, and Malika MIMI A Survey of Artificial Intelligence-Based E-Commerce Recommendation System / Mohamed Khoali, Abdelhak Tali, and Yassin Laaziz Green Networks and Intelligent Transportation Systems Customer-Oriented Dial-A-Ride Problems: A Survey on Relevant Variants, Solution Approaches and Applications / Sonia Nasri, Hend Bouziri, and Wassila Aggoune-Mtalaa Big Data Accident Prediction System in Green Networks and Intelligent Transportation Systems / Mouad Tantaoui, My Driss Laanaoui, and Mustapha Kabil A Survey of Optimization Techniques for Routing Protocols in Mobile Ad Hoc Networks / Younes Ben Chigra, Abderrahim Ghadi, and Mohamed Bouhorma Modeling and Performance Analysis for Transportation Systems of ULA and UCA Massive-MIMO Basing on Spherical Wave / Abdelhamid Riadi, Mohamed Boulouird, and Moha M’Rabet Hassani Enhancing Wireless Transmission Efficiency for Wireless Body Area Sensor Networks Based on Transposing of Sensors / Rahat Ali Khan, Shahzad Memon, and Qin Xin New Method to Detect the Congestion for Green Networking in MANET / Abdellah Nabou, My Driss Laanaoui, Mohammed Ouzzif, and Mohammed-Alamine El Houssaini Benchmarking Study of Machine Learning Algorithms Case Study: VANET Network / Sara Ftaimi and Tomader Mazri A Comparative Study of Detection Algorithm in VANET Network / Manale Boughanja and Tomader Mazri An Enhanced Energy-Efficient Hierarchical LEACH Protocol to Extend the Lifespan for Wireless Sensor Networks / Fatima Es-sabery and Abdellatif Hair A Survey of Security and Privacy for 5G Networks / Ahmed Ziani and Abdellatif Medouri An Adaptive Video Streaming Framework for Peer-To-Peer 5G Networks: Paving the Road to 5G-IMS / Adnane Ghani, El Hassan Ibn El Haj, Ahmed Hammouch, and Abdelaali Chaoub Recognition and Reconstruction of Road Marking with Generative Adversarial Networks (GANs) / Samir Allach, Mohamed Ben Ahmed, and Anouar Abdelhakim Boudhir Environmental Informatics & Sustainable Environment A Smart Agricultural System to Classify Agricultural Plants and Fungus Diseases Using Deep Learning / Oussama Bakkali Yedri, Mohamed Ben Ahmed, Mohammed Bouhorma, and Lotfi El Achaak Secure Data Collection for Wireless Sensor Network / Samir Ifzarne, Imad Hafidi, and Nadia Idrissi Computing Technologies to Construct an Islamic Geometric Patterns Respecting the “Hasba” Method / Yassine Ait Lahcen, Abdelaziz Jali, Ahmed El Oirrak, and Youssef Aboufadil Technology for Sustainable Development: Solar Adsorption Cooling System Cold Room Modelization Using Python / Hanane Abakouy, Hanae El Kalkha, and Adel Bouajaj Satellite Big Data Ingestion for Environmentally Sustainable Development / Badr-Eddine Boudriki Semlali and Chaker El Amrani A New Approach for Estimating Monthly Global Solar Irradiation Based on Empirical and Artificial Neural Networks Models: A Case Study of Al-Hoceima Province, in Morocco North Region / Badr Benamrou, Mustapha Ouardouz, Imane Allaouzi, and Mohamed Ben ahmed Computing Technologies for Sustainable Development Efficient Congestion Management for Sustainable Wireless Mesh Networks / Kaoutar Bazi and Bouchaib Nassereddine Classifying Security Attacks in IoT Using CTM Method / Hind Meziane, Noura Ouerdi, Mohammed Amine Kasmi, and Sanae Mazouz Exploring the Power of Computation Technologies for Entity Matching / Youssef Aassem, Imad Hafidi, and Noureddine Aboutabit Smart Sustainable Cities: A Chatbot Based on Question Answering System Passing by a Grammatical Correction for Serving Citizens / Bghiel Afrae, Ben Ahmed Mohamed, and Boudhir Anouar Abdelhakim Enhancing Wireless Transmission Efficiency for Sensors in Wireless Body Area Sensor Networks / Rahat Ali Khan, Shahzad Memon, and Qin Xin Study of Websocket Parent-Teachers/Qualified Teachers in Rural Areas: Case of Central African Republic / Ghislain Mervyl Saint-Juste Kossingou, Nadege Gladys Ndassimba, Edgard Ndassimba, Kéba Gueye, and Samuel Ouya A Comparison of QoS-Based Architecture Solutions for IoT/Edge Computing Environment / Nogaye Lo and Ibrahima Niang Towards Sustainable e-Learning Systems Using an Adaptive Learning Approach / El Miloud Smaili, Soukaina Sraidi, Salma Azzouzi, and My El Hassan Charaf Toward a Mobile Remote Controlled Robot for Early Childhood in Algeria / Ehlem Zigh, Ayoub Elhoucine, Abderrahmane Mallek, and Belcacem Kouninef Multi-Directional Total Variation and Wavelet Transform Based Methods: Application for Correlation Fringe Patterns Denoising and Demodulation / Mustapha Bahich and Mohammed Bailich A Multi-Agent System for Color Video Decomposition / Insaf Bellamine Serious Games for Sustainable Education in Emerging Countries: An Open-Source Pipeline and Methodology / Younes Alaoui, Lotfi El Achaak, Amine Belahbib, and Mohammed Bouhorma
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-95014
    Description / Table of Contents: The deciduous needle tree larch (Larix Mill.) covers more than 80% of the Asian boreal forests. Only a few Larix species constitute the vast forests and these species differ markedly in their ecological traits, most importantly in their ability to grow on and stabilize underlying permafrost. The pronounced dominance of the summergreen larches makes the Asian boreal forests unique, as the rest of the northern hemisphere boreal forests is almost exclusively dominated by evergreen needle-leaf forests. Global warming is impacting the whole world but is especially pronounced in the arctic and boreal regions. Although adapted to extreme climatic conditions, larch forests are sensitive to varying climatic conditions. By their sheer size, changes in Asian larch forests as range shifts or changes in species composition and the resulting vegetation-climate feedbacks are of global relevance. It is however still uncertain if larch forests will persist under the ongoing warming climate or if they will be replaced by evergreen forests. It is therefore of great importance to understand how these ecosystems will react to future climate warmings and if they will maintain their dominance. One step in the better understanding of larch dynamics is to study how the vast dominant forests developed and why they only established in northern Asia. A second step is to study how the species reacted to past changes in the climate. The first objective of this thesis was to review and identify factors promoting Asian larch dominance. I achieved this by synthesizing and comparing reported larch occurrences and influencing components on the northern hemisphere continents in the present and in the past. The second objective was to find a possibility to directly study past Larix populations in Siberia and specifically their genetic variation, enabling the study of geographic movements. For this, I established chloroplast enrichment by hybridization capture from sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) isolated from lake sediment records. The third objective was to use the established method to track past larch populations, their glacial refugia during the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) around 21,000 years before present (ka BP), and their post-glacial migration patterns. To study larch promoting factors, I compared the present state of larch species ranges, areas of dominance, their bioclimatic niches, and the distribution on different extents and thaw depths of permafrost. The species comparison showed that the bioclimatic niches greatly overlap between the American and Asian species and that it is only in the extremely continental climates in which only the Asian larch species can persist. I revealed that the area of dominance is strongly connected to permafrost extent but less linked to permafrost seasonal thaw depths. Comparisons of the paleorecord of larch between the continents suggest differences in the recolonization history. Outside of northern Asia and Alaska, glacial refugial populations of larch were confined to the southern regions and thus recolonization could only occur as migration from south to north. Alaskan larch populations could not establish wide-range dominant forest which could be related to their own genetically depletion as separated refugial population. In Asia, it is still unclear whether or not the northern refugial populations contributed and enhanced the postglacial colonization or whether they were replaced by populations invading from the south in the course of climate warming. Asian larch dominance is thus promoted partly by adaptions to extremely continental climates and by adaptations to grow on continuous permafrost but could be also connected to differences in glacial survival and recolonization history of Larix species. Except for extremely rare macrofossil findings of fossilized cones, traditional methods to study past vegetation are not able to distinguish between larch species or populations. Within the scope of this thesis, I therefore established a method to retrieve genetic information of past larch populations to distinguish between species. Using the Larix chloroplast genome as target, I successfully applied the method of DNA target enrichment by hybridization capture on sedaDNA samples from lake records and showed that it is able to distinguish between larch species. I then used the method on samples from lake records from across Siberia dating back up to 50 ka BP. The results allowed me to address the question of glacial survival and post-glacial recolonization mode in Siberian larch species. The analyzed pattern showed that LGM refugia were almost exclusively constituted by L. gmelinii, even in sites of current L. sibirica distribution. For included study sites, L. sibirica migrated into its extant northern distribution area only in the Holocene. Consequently, the post-glacial recolonization of L. sibirica was not enhanced by northern glacial refugia. In case of sites in extant distribution area of L. gmelinii, the absence of a genetic turn-over point to a continuous population rather than an invasion of southern refugia. The results suggest that climate has a strong influence on the distribution of Larix species and that species may also respond differently to future climate warming. Because species differ in their ecological characteristics, species distribution is also relevant with respect to further feedbacks between vegetation and climate. With this thesis, I give an overview of present and past larch occurrences and evaluate which factors promote their dominance. Furthermore, I provide the tools to study past Larix species and give first important insights into the glacial history of Larix populations.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Table of Contents Summary Deutsche Zusammenfassung Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Larix forests in a changing climate 1.2 The genus Larix 1.3 Larix distribution in the world and their dominance in northern Asia 1.4 Methods to study past species dynamics 1.4.1 Modern genetic marker studies 1.4.2 Lake sediments as archives of the past 1.4.3 Pollen and macrofossils 1.4.4 Metabarcoding of sedimentary ancient DNA 1.4.5 Metagenomic shotgun sequencing 1.4.6 Target enrichment by hybridization capture 1.5 Thesis Objectives 1.6 Thesis outline & author contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and methods 2.3.1 Bioclimatic limits 2.3.2 Pollen, macrofossil, and DNA datasets 2.3.3 Ice sheets 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Bioclimatic limits of Larix and its distribution on permafrost 2.4.2 Glacial occurrence patterns of Larix 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Are differences in species bioclimatic limits responsible for disparity in Larix distribution across continents? 2.5.2 Do high latitude glacial refugia guarantee larch dominance? 2.5.3 What role does postglacial migration play in larch dominance? 2.5.4 Fire as an additional factor 2.5.5 Outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Author contributions 2.9 References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Sample material 3.3.2 Laboratory work 3.3.3 Data analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the shotgun and hybridization capture data sets 3.4.2 Ancient DNA authenticity 3.4.3 Retrieval of the Larix chloroplast genome 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Taxonomic classification—conservative approach results in low numbers of assignment 3.5.2 Target enrichment success—Larix reads increased by orders of magnitude along with other taxonomic groups 3.5.3 Complete retrieval of ancient Larix chloroplast genomes 3.5.4 Larix sibirica variants present over time 3.5.5 Larch forest decline over the last 7000 years 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgments 3.8 Author contributions 3.9 References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results & Discussion 4.3.1 Chloroplast and repetitive DNA enrichment in the sedaDNA samples 4.3.2 A wider pre-glacial distribution of L. sibirica 4.3.3 Larix gmelinii formed northern LGM refugia across Siberia 4.3.4 Postglacial colonization history - differences among larch species 4.3.5 Environment likely plays a more important role than biogeography 4.4 Conclusion 4.5 Material & methods 4.5.1 Sample material 4.5.2 Sequence data analysis 4.6 Data availability 4.7 Acknowledgments 4.8 Author contributions 4.9 References 5 Discussion and synthesis 5.1 Hybridization capture is a well-suited method to study ancient species dynamics 5.1.1 Advantages and limitations of shotgun sequencing 5.1.2 Successful hybridization capture enrichment using chloroplast DNA 5.1.3 Challenges in single-copy target enrichment 5.1.4 Limitations and potentials to improve sedaDNA capture studies 5.2 Factors promoting Asian larch dominance 5.3 Drivers of Larix species distribution 5.3.1 Implications for larch forests under climate warming 5.4 Conclusion 5.5 Outlook 6 References 7 Appendix 7.1 Appendix to manuscript I 7.2 Appendix to manuscript II 7.3 Appendix to manuscript III 7.3.1 Material and Methods 7.3.2 Additional Results & Discussions 7.3.3 References Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    College, Alas. : Division of Geological and Geophysical Surveys
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95009
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: IX,109 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Special report / Division of Geological and Geophysical Surveys 15
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction Sources of information Acknowledgments Physical setting of the Fairbanks area Topography and geology Climate Selected references Frozen ground Seasonally frozen ground Definition The problem Cause of frost heaving Frost action in the Fairbanks area Frost action on pile construction Highway bridges The Alaska Railroad Trans-Alaska Pipeline System Other frost-heave problems Loss of bearing strength Solutions to the frost-action problem Permafrost Definition The problem Origin and thermal regime Distribution and thickness Permafrost in the Fairbanks area Permafrost of the flood plain Permafrost of alluvial fans, colluvial slopes, and silt lowlands Boundaries between permafrost and non permafrost areas Character of ground ice Principles of land use in permafrost areas Ground subsidence caused by thawing of ice-rich permafrost Preliminary statement Thermokarst phenomena General features Therrnokarst mounds Therrnokarst pits Effects on agricultural development Effects on railroads Effects on roads and highways Effects on airfields Effects on heated buildings Effects on natural-gas and oil pipelines General statement Gas pipelines Trans-Alaska Pipeline System Effects on buried utility lines Indicators of permafrost Recognition of the problem Vegetation Small landforms and natural surface patterns Selected references Ground water Preliminary statement Ground water in the Fairbanks area Preliminary statement Tanana and Chena River flood plains Upland hills Lower hillslopes and creek-valley bottoms Geologic hazards associated with ground-water movement in permafrost regions Preliminary statement Artesian wells Icings Seepage icings Stream icings Summary of icings Pingos Selected references Earthquakes Introduction Causes and locations of earthquakes Classification and terminology of earthquakes Earthquake hazards in the Fairbanks area Summary of the earthquake hazard Selected references Landslides Landslides in the Fairbanks area Selected references Hillside erosion in loess Preliminary statement Examples of loess erosion Selected references Flooding Introduction History of flooding in the Fairbanks area Frequency of flooding in the Fairbanks area Solution to the problem of flooding Introduction Structural measures Nonstructural measures Flood proofing Flood warning and evacuation Flood insurance Selected references , Englisch
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI G5-23-95172
    Description / Table of Contents: Throughout the last ~3 million years, the Earth's climate system was characterised by cycles of glacial and interglacial periods. The current warm period, the Holocene, is comparably stable and stands out from this long-term cyclicality. However, since the industrial revolution, the climate has been increasingly affected by a human-induced increase in greenhouse gas concentrations. While instrumental observations are used to describe changes over the past ~200 years, indirect observations via proxy data are the main source of information beyond this instrumental era. These data are indicators of past climatic conditions, stored in palaeoclimate archives around the Earth. The proxy signal is affected by processes independent of the prevailing climatic conditions. In particular, for sedimentary archives such as marine sediments and polar ice sheets, material may be redistributed during or after the initial deposition and subsequent formation of the archive. This leads to noise in the records challenging reliable reconstructions on local or short time scales. This dissertation characterises the initial deposition of the climatic signal and quantifies the resulting archive-internal heterogeneity and its influence on the observed proxy signal to improve the representativity and interpretation of climate reconstructions from marine sediments and ice cores. To this end, the horizontal and vertical variation in radiocarbon content of a box-core from the South China Sea is investigated. The three-dimensional resolution is used to quantify the true uncertainty in radiocarbon age estimates from planktonic foraminifera with an extensive sampling scheme, including different sample volumes and replicated measurements of batches of small and large numbers of specimen. An assessment on the variability stemming from sediment mixing by benthic organisms reveals strong internal heterogeneity. Hence, sediment mixing leads to substantial time uncertainty of proxy-based reconstructions with error terms two to five times larger than previously assumed. A second three-dimensional analysis of the upper snowpack provides insights into the heterogeneous signal deposition and imprint in snow and firn. A new study design which combines a structure-from-motion photogrammetry approach with two-dimensional isotopic data is performed at a study site in the accumulation zone of the Greenland Ice Sheet. The photogrammetry method reveals an intermittent character of snowfall, a layer-wise snow deposition with substantial contributions by wind-driven erosion and redistribution to the final spatially variable accumulation and illustrated the evolution of stratigraphic noise at the surface. The isotopic data show the preservation of stratigraphic noise within the upper firn column, leading to a spatially variable climate signal imprint and heterogeneous layer thicknesses. Additional post-depositional modifications due to snow-air exchange are also investigated, but without a conclusive quantification of the contribution to the final isotopic signature. Finally, this characterisation and quantification of the complex signal formation in marine sediments and polar ice contributes to a better understanding of the signal content in proxy data which is needed to assess the natural climate variability during the Holocene.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xx, 167 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 (publikationsbasierte Dissertation) , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to climate reconstructions 1.1.1 Radiocarbon as a tracer of time 1.1.2 Environmental information stored in snow 1.2 Challenges of climate reconstructions 1.2.1 The particle flux 1.2.2 Modifications after the initial deposition 1.2.3 Sampling and measurement uncertainty 1.3 Objectives and overview of the thesis 1.4 Author contributions to the Manuscripts 2 Age-heterogeneity in marine sediments revealed by three-dimensional high-resolution radio-carbon measurements 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Methods 2.2.1 Study approach 2.2.2 Core setup and sampling 2.2.3 Estimation of the sediment accumulation rate 2.2.4 Estimation of the sediment mixing strength 2.2.5 Estimation of the net sediment displacement 2.2.6 Visual assessment of mixing 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Radiocarbon measurements 2.3.2 Sediment accumulation rate 2.3.3 Sediment mixing estimates 2.3.4 Spatial structure of sediment mixing 2.3.5 Components of age uncertainty 2.4 Discussion 2.4.1 Spatial scale of sediment heterogeneity 2.4.2 Potential implications for palaeo-reconstructions 2.4.3 Suggested 14C measurement strategy 2.5 Conclusions 2.6 Supplementary Material 2.6.1 Supplementary figures and tables 2.6.2 Supplementary table 3 Local-scale deposition of surface snow on the Greenland ice sheet 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data and methods 3.2.1 Study site 3.2.2 SfM photogrammetry 3.2.3 Additional snow height and snowfall data 3.2.4 Estimation of surface roughness 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Relative snow heights from DEMs 3.3.2 Temporal snow height evolution 3.3.3 Day-to-day variations of snowfall 3.3.4 Changes in surface roughness 3.3.5 Implied internal structure of the snowpack 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Changes of surface structures 3.4.2 Implications for proxy data 3.4.3 Implications for snow accumulation 3.4.4 SfM as an efficient monitoring tool 3.5 Conclusions 3.6 Appendix 3.6.1 Additional information 3.6.2 Accuracy estimates and validation 3.6.3 Validation 3.6.4 Overall snow height evolution 3.6.5 Surface roughness 4 A snapshot on the buildup of the stable water isotopic signal in the upper snowpack at east-grip, Geenland ice sheet 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Methods and data 4.2.1 Study site 4.2.2 DEM generation 4.2.3 Isotope measurements 4.2.4 Simulation of the snowpack layering 4.2.5 Expected uncertainty 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Snow height evolution 4.3.2 Mean isotopic records 4.3.3 Combining isotopic data with snow height information 4.3.4 Observed vs. simulated composition 4.3.5 Changes in the isotope signal over time 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Evolution of the snow surface 4.4.2 Two-dimensional view of isotopes in snow 4.4.3 Buildup of the snowpack isotopic signal 4.5 Conclusion 5 General discussion and conclusions 5.1 Heterogeneity in sedimentary archives 5.1.1 Quantifying archive-internal heterogeneity 5.1.2 Relation between signal and heterogeneity 5.2 Methods to improve climate reconstructions 5.3 Implications for climate reconstructions 5.4 Concluding remarks Bibliography A the role of sublimation as a driver of climate signals in the water isotope content of surface snow: laboratory and field experimental results A.1 Introduction A.2 Methods A.2.1 Laboratory experimental methods A.2.2 Field experimental methods A.3 Results A.3.1 Laboratory experiments A.3.2 Field experiments A.4 Discussion A.5 Conclusions B Atmosphere-snow exchange explains surface snow isotope variability Acknowledgments Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: 9783030509309 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (907 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: 9783030523244 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book investigates the multifaceted nature of change in today’s Nordic Arctic and the necessary research and policy development required to address the challenges and opportunities currently faced by this region. It focuses its attention on the recent efforts of the Nordic community to create specialized Centers of Excellence in Arctic Research in order to facilitate this process of scientific inquiry and policy articulation. The volume seeks to describe both the steps that lead to this decision and the manner in which this undertaking as evolved. The work highlights the research efforts of the four Centers and their investigations of a variety of issues including those related to ecosystem and wildlife management, the revitalization resource dependent communities, the emergence of new climate-born diseases and the development of adequate modeling techniques to assist northern communities in their efforts at adaptation and resilience building. Major discoveries and insights arising from these and other efforts are detailed and possible policy implications considered. The book also focuses attention on the challenges of creating and supporting multidisciplinary teams of researchers to investigate such concerns and the methods and means for facilitating their collaboration and the integration of their findings to form new and useful perspectives on the nature of change in the contemporary Arctic. It also provides helpful consideration and examples of how local and indigenous communities can be engaged in the co-production of knowledge regarding the region. The volume discusses how such research findings can be best communicated and shared between scientists, policymakers and northern residents. It considers the challenges of building common concern not just among different research disciplines but also between bureaucracies and the public. Only when this bridge-building effort is undertaken can true pathways to action be established. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030523244 , 978-3-030-52324-4
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I 1 An Introduction / Douglas C. Nord 2 NordForsk as a Facilitator of Integrated Research on the Arctic / Gunnel Gustafsson Part II 3 CLINF: Climate-Change Effects on the Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases, and the Associated Impacts on Northern Societies / Birgitta Evengård and Tomas Thierfelder 4 CLINF: An Integrated Project Design / Tomas Thierfelder and Birgitta Evengård 5 Modeling Climate Sensitive Infectious Diseases in the Arctic / Gia Destouni, Zahra Kalantari, Shaun Quegan, Didier Leibovici, Juha Lemmetyinen, and Jaakko Ikonen 6 Reindeer Herding and Coastal Pastures: Adaptation to Multiple Stressors and Cumulative Effects / Grete K. Hovelsrud, Camilla Risvoll, Jan Åge Riseth, Hans Tømmervik, Anna Omazic, and Ann Albihn Part III 7 The ARCPATH Project: Assessing Risky Environments and Rapid Change: Research on Climate, Adaptation and Coastal Communities in the North Atlantic Arctic / Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, Yongqi Gao, Níels Einarsson, Noel Keenlyside, and Leslie A. King 8 The Climate Model: An ARCPATH Tool to Understand and Predict Climate Change / Shuting Yang, Yongqi Gao, Koenigk Torben, Noel Keenlyside, and François Counillon 9 Whale Ecosystem Services and Co-production Processes Underpinning Human Wellbeing in the Arctic: Case Studies from Greenland, Iceland and Norway / Laura Malinauskaite, David Cook, Brynhildur Davíðsdóttir, and Helga Ögmundardóttir 10 “Small Science”: Community Engagement and Local Research in an Era of Big Science Agendas / Catherine Chambers, Leslie A. King, David Cook, Laura Malinauskaite, Margaret Willson, Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, and Níels Einarsson Part IV 11 Project ReiGN: Reindeer Husbandry in a Globalizing North–Resilience, Adaptations and Pathways for Actions / Øystein Holand, Jon Moen, Jouko Kumpula, Annette Löf, Sirpa Rasmus, and Knut Røed 12 What Drives the Number of Semi-domesticated Reindeer? Pasture Dynamics and Economic Incentives in Fennoscandian Reindeer Husbandry / Antti-Juhani Pekkarinen, Jouko Kumpula, and Olli Tahvonen 13 Reindeer Herders as Stakeholders or Rights-Holders? Introducing a Social Equity-Based Conceptualization Relevant for Indigenous and Local Communities / Simo Sarkki, Hannu I. Heikkinen, and Annette Löf 14 Working Together: Reflections on a Transdisciplinary Effort of Co-producing Knowledge on Supplementary Feeding in Reindeer Husbandry Across Fennoscandia / Tim Horstkotte, Élise Lépy, and Camilla Risvoll Part V 15 Is There Such a Thing as ‘Best Practice’? Exploring the Extraction/Sustainability Dilemma in the Arctic / Sverker Sörlin 16 When Mines Go Silent: Exploring the Afterlives of Extraction Sites / Dag Avango and Gunhild Rosqvist 17 Mining Emotions: Affective Approaches to Resource Extraction / Frank Sejersen and Kirsten Thisted Part VI 18 The Challenge of Synthesis: Lessons from Arctic Climate Predictions: Pathways to Resilient, Sustainable Societies (ARCPATH) / Leslie A. King and Astrid E. J. Ogilvie 19 The Assessment and Evaluation of Arctic Research – Where Have We Come From and Where Do We Need to Go in the Future? / Andre van Amstel, Amy Lauren Lovecraft, Maureen Biermann, Roberta Marinelli, and Douglas C. Nord 20 Findings and Conclusions: Pathways to Action / Douglas C. Nord
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9783030752781 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the improvement and dissemination of knowledge on methods, policies and technologies for increasing the sustainability of development by de-coupling growth from natural resources and replacing them with knowledge-based economy, taking into account its economic, environmental and social pillars, as well as methods for assessing and measuring sustainability of development, regarding water and environment. This book gathers scholar and experts in related fields. All attendees from a vast range of companies, universities and government institutions acquire advanced technical knowledge and are introduced to new fields through discussions that focus on their own specialties as well as a variety of interdisciplinary areas. The authors hope most of scholars can find what they really need in this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 343 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030752781 , 978-3-030-75278-1
    ISSN: 1863-5520 , 1863-5539
    Series Statement: Environmental science and engineering
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Solar Thermal Energy Production in DSF Applied in the Human Comfort Improvements / Eusébio Conceição, Ma Inês Conceição, Ma Manuela Lúcio, João Gomes, André Ramos, and Hazim Awbi 2 Hydraulics Geometry Analysis of UPNM Channel / Zuliziana Suif, Saiful Syazwan Wahi Anuar, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Siti Khadijah Che Osmi 3 Productivity Enhancement of Solar Still Distillation System Using Immersion-Type Water Heater / Nordila Ahmad, Norhasirah Mohd Isa, Zuliziana Suif, Maidana Othman, Jestin Jelani, and Jaafar Adnan 4 Stability Analysis of a Man-Made Slope: A Case Study on the UPNM Campus, Sg Besi, Kuala Lumpur / Jestin Jelani, Mohamad Saiful Adli Hah, Mohd Nazrin Mohd Daud, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Wan Mohamed Syafuan Wan Mohamed Sabri 5 Comparison of the Full-Scale Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant Designs Consisting of Modified Bardenpho Process with and Without Membrane Bioreactor for Nutrient Removal: Cost Analysis / Shahryar Jafarinejad 6 Analysis of the Influence of Wax Precipitation and Paraffin Control Technology on Environmental Protection / Deyin Zhao, Yi Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, Lirong Yao, and Gaojie Liang 7 Impact of Abandoned Oil Well on Ecological Environment and Analysis of Geothermal Exploitation / Lirong Yao, Yi Zhao, Deyin Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, and Jinbao Li 8 Numerical Evaluation of the Temperature Distribution in a Tree Trunk in a Forest Fire Environment / Eusébio Conceição, João Gomes, Maria Manuela Lúcio, Jorge Raposo, Domingos Xavier, and Maria Teresa Viegas 9 Analysis of Soluble Organic Polar Fractions from Sea Salt by GC–MS / Guo-hua Chang, Kang-ping Zhao, Bin Yue, Zhuo-xin Yin, Xiao-ke Li, and Hai-li Sun 10 Microplastics in Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plants: Dynamic Distribution, Seasonal Variation, and Removal Efficiencies / Sujarat Saiwaree and Vorapot Kanokkantapong 11 Spatial–Temporal Variation Analysis on Ecosystem Service Values in a Typical Inland River Basin, Northwest China / Mingtao Li, Lingfen Kang, and Chuancheng Zhao 12 Transportation of Chromium(VI) from Hydrochloric Acid Medium via a Dispersion Supported Liquid Membrane Using N235 / Yingxue Li, Yijian Zhong, Jiaheng Wu, Qingsong Shao, Xiaoyan Chen, and Yan Zhu 13 Effects of Important Factors on Determination of Metals in Soil Samples Using Hand-Held X-ray Fluorescence / Zhuoxin Yin, Yijun Wen, Weidong Chen, Fanxiang Han, Guohua Chang, and Caiping Yao 14 Collaboration Mapping in Sustainable Development: A Case Study from Haze in Chiang Mai / Pongtip Thiengburanathum 15 Greywater Treatment in Continuous Flow Solar Photocatalytic Reactor Using Graphite Supported Nitrogen-Doped TiO2 / Kumari Priyanka, Neelancherry Remya, and Manaswini Behera 16 Effect of Current and Electrodes Area to Color Removal Efficiency and Energy Consumption by Electrocoagulation Process / Bang-on Nareerob and Ponlakit Jitto 17 Accessing the Sustainable Developments Principle of Protection of the Mekong River’s Water Resources / Thuy Hang Tran, Hong Hanh Pham, and Thanh Hoa Ha 18 Key Technology and Economic Analysis of Using Fujiang River Water as the Cooling and Heating Sources for Air Conditioning System / Zhang Wei, Fu Daoyou, Yao Mingqiang, and Gan Shiyuan 19 Highly Effective Magnetic Silica-Chitosan Hybrid for Sulfate Ion Adsorption / Sukamto, Yuichi Kamiya, Bambang Rusdiarso, and Nuryono 20 Statistical Analysis of Water and Sediment Research in Heilongjiang River Basin / Ning Yu, Lei Zhang, Jun Li, and Yousheng Wang 21 Empowering Citizens’ Resilience - The FLOODLABEL / P. Meier, H. Meyer, A. Schüttrumpf, and G. Johann 22 Sustainable Environmental Planning of a Tourist Destination Bulgaria - State and Trends / Elenita Velikova 23 Analytical Approach for Sustainable Multi-Objective Management of Sediment-Algae Dynamics / Hidekazu Yoshioka and Saya Hashimoto 24 From Convergent to Ecological Transition—Challenges for the Management and Regional Development of Bulgaria / Georgi Tsolov and Nikola Tanakov 25 Comparison Methods of Carbon Oil Sorbents Hardening / Elena Ushakova, Liliya Soloveva, and Andrey Ushakov 26 Integration of Experimental and Numerical Methods to Investigate the Effect of Hydraulic Retention Time on Ultrafiltration Membrane Fouling / Meng Yao, Ting Chen, Zhilin Ran, Xiaoqing Dong, and Guosheng Wang 27 Using Electrodialysis to Recycle Chemical Polishing Agent from Anodizing Industry / Jih-Hsing Chang, Mohanraj Kumar, and Shan-Yi Shen 28 Methodological Aspects of Strategic Regional Planning for Achieving Sustainable Development in Bulgaria / Georgi Nikolov, Elka Vasileva, and Desislava Botseva 29 Study on the Model of Construction Safety Risk Evaluation Coupling Multiple Factors in Navigable Waters / Hui Sun, Yuchi Hao, Jiaming Qu, Ping Zhu, and Runli Tao 30 Distribution Characteristics of Plastic Particles in Coastal and Beach of Hsinchu, Taiwan / Ying-Fang Hsu, Feng-Hsin Chang, Pei-Yi Feng, Hsiao-Chien Huang, Chi-Yu Chuang, Shinhao Yang, and Wei-Ting Liu
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: 9783030332082 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Until recently, the prevailing view of marine life at high latitudes has been that organisms enter a general resting state during the dark Polar Night and that the system only awakens with the return of the sun. Recent research, however, with coordinated, multidisciplinary field campaigns based on the high Arctic Archipelago of Svalbard, have provided a radical new perspective. Instead of a system in dormancy, a new perspective of a system in full operation and with high levels of activity across all major phyla is emerging. Examples of such activities and processes include: Active marine organisms at sea surface, water column and the sea-floor. At surface we find active foraging in seabirds and fish, in the water column we find a high biodiversity and activity of zooplankton and larvae such as active light induced synchronized diurnal vertical migration, and at seafloor there is a high biodiversity in benthic animals and macroalgae. The Polar Night is a period for reproduction in many benthic and pelagic taxa, mass occurrence of ghost shrimps (Caprellides), high abundance of Ctenophores, physiological evidence of micro- and macroalgal cells that are ready to utilize the first rays of light when they appear, deep water fishes found at water surface in the Polar night, and continuous growth of bivalves throughout the winter. These findings not only begin to shape a new paradigm for marine winter ecology in the high Arctic, but also provide conclusive evidence for a top-down controlled system in which primary production levels are close to zero. In an era of environmental change that is accelerated at high latitudes, we believe that this new insight is likely to strongly impact how the scientific community views the high latitude marine ecosystem. Despite the overwhelming darkness, the main environmental variable affecting marine organisms in the Polar Night is in fact light. The light regime during the Polar Night is unique with respect to light intensity, spectral composition of light and photoperiod. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 375 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (farbig)
    ISBN: 9783030332082 , 978-3-030-33208-2
    ISSN: 2468-5720 , 2468-5712
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology volume 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, and Jonathan H. Cohen 2 The Marine Physical Environment During the Polar Night / Finlo Cottier and Marie Porter 3 Light in the Polar Night / Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Mark A. Moline, Geir Johnsen, and Artur P. Zolich 4 Marine Micro- and Macroalgae in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Eva Leu, and Rolf Gradinger 5 Zooplankton in the Polar Night / Jørgen Berge, Malin Daase, Laura Hobbs, Stig Falk-Petersen, Gerald Darnis, and Janne E. Søreide 6 Benthic Communities in the Polar Night / Paul E. Renaud, William G. Ambrose Jr., and Jan Marcin Węsławski 7 Fish Ecology During the Polar Night / Maxime Geoffroy and Pierre Priou 8 Biological Clocks and Rhythms in Polar Organisms / Kim S. Last, N. Sören Häfker, Vicki J. Hendrick, Bettina Meyer, Damien Tran, and Fabio Piccolin 9 Sensor-Carrying Platforms / Asgeir J. Sørensen, Martin Ludvigsen, Petter Norgren, Øyvind Ødegård, and Finlo Cottier 10 Operative Habitat Mapping and Monitoring in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Aksel A. Mogstad, Jørgen Berge, and Jonathan H. Cohen 11 Life and Light at the Dead of Night / Jørgen Berge and Geir Johnsen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: 9783030459093 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses a broad range of issues concerning microplastic pollution, including microplastic pollution in various environments (freshwater, marine, air and soil); the sources, fate and effects of microplastics; detection systems for microplastic pollution monitoring; green approaches for the synthesis of environmentally friendly polymers; recovery and recycling of marine plastics; wastewater treatment plants as a microplastic entrance route; nanoplastics as emerging pollutants; degradation of plastics in the marine environment; impacts of microplastics on marine life; microplastics: from marine pollution to the human food chain; mitigation of microplastic impacts and innovative solutions; sampling, extraction, purification and identification approaches for microplastics; adsorption and transport of pollutants on and in microplastics; and lastly, the socio-economic and environmental impacts: assessment and risk analysis. In addition to presenting cutting-edge information and highlighting current trends and issues, the book proposes concrete solutions to help face this significant environmental threat. It is chiefly intended for researchers and industry decision-makers; international, national and local institutions; and NGOs, providing them with comprehensive information on the origin of the problem; its effects on marine environments, with a particular focus on the Mediterranean Sea and coasts; and recent and ongoing research activities and projects aimed at finding technical solutions to mitigate the phenomenon. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 329 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030459093 , 978-3-030-45909-3
    ISSN: 2364-6934 , 2364-8198
    Series Statement: Springer Water
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Impact of Microplastics on Filter-Feeding Megafauna / Maria Cristina Fossi, Matteo Baini, and Cristina Panti Microplastic Contamination of Sediment and Water Column in the Seine River Estuary / Soline Alligant, Johnny Gasperi, Aline Gangnery, Frank Maheux, Benjamin Simon, Marie-Pierre Halm-Lemille, Maria El Rakwe, Catherine Dreanno, Jérôme Cachot, and Bruno Tassin Plastic Debris in Urban Water and in Freshwater: Lessons Learned from Research Projects Launched in the Seine Basin Catchment / Johnny Gasperi, Soline Alligant, Rachid Dris, Romain Tramoy, Robin Treilles, and Bruno Tassin Insights on Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Ecosystems: The EPHEMARE Project / Francesco Regoli, Marina Albentosa, Carlo Giacomo Avio, Annika Batel, Maria João Bebianno, Marie-Laure Bégout, Ricardo Beiras, Juan Bellas, Ronny Blust, Agathe Bour, Thomas Braunbeck, Jérôme Cachot, Camilla Catarci Carteny, Bettie Cormier, Xavier Cousin, Alberto Cuesta, María Ángeles Esteban, Marco Faimali, Chiara Gambardella, Francesca Garaventa, Stefania Gorbi, Lúcia Guilhermino, Ketil Hylland, Steffen H. Keiter, Kathrin Kopke, Bénédicte Morin, Alexandre Pacheco, Lucia Pittura, Raewyn M. Town, and Luis R. Vieira What Can Model Polystyrene Nanoparticles Can Teach Us on the Impact of Nanoplastics in Bivalves? Studies in Mytilus from the Molecular to the Organism Level / Manon Auguste, Teresa Balbi, Caterina Ciacci, and Laura Canesi In Vitro Effects of Mercury (Hg) on the Immune Function of Mediterranean Mussel (Mytilus Galloprovincialis) Are Enhanced in Presence of Microplastics in the Extracellular Medium / Concepción Martínez-Gómez, Juan Santos-Echeandía, José R. Rivera-Hernández, Ramón Ortuño, Marina Albentosa, and Víctor M. León Study of Chemical Pollutants over Marine Microplastics Based on Their Composition and Degradation Rate / Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, Daura Vega-Moreno, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Marine Litter: Are There Solutions to This Environmental Challenge? / Richard C. Thompson and Francesca De Falco Development of a Thermo Degradation Method to Assess Levels and Distribution of Microplastics in Marine Sediments and Its Application in Two Case Studies: The Northern Adriatic Sea (Italy) and Boknafjord (Norway) / Alessio Gomiero, Kjell Birger Øysæd, Pierluigi Strafella, Gianna Fabi, and Giuseppe Scarcella Microplastics Extraction and Counting from Wastewater and Sludge Through Elutriation and Hydrocyclone / Rubén Rodríguez-Alegre, Javier Eduardo Sánchez-Ramírez, Laura Pastor, Silvia Doñate, Adrián Marí, Abel Lara, and Edxon Licon Microfiber Pollution from Source to Mitigation / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, and Mariacristina Cocca Textile Fibres in Mediterranean Surface Waters: Abundance and Composition / Giuseppe Suaria, Marta Musso, Aikaterini Achtypi, Deborah Bassotto, and Stefano Aliani When Size Matters – Textile Microfibers into the Environment / Francisco Belzagui, Carmen Gutiérrez-Bouzán, Antonio Álvarez-Sánchez, and Mercedes Vilaseca Derelict Fishing Gear – Removing a Source of Microplastics from the Marine Environment / Andrea Stolte, Jochen Lamp, Gabriele Dederer, Falk Schneider, Marta Kalinowska, Sylwia Migdal, Marek Press, Vesa Tschernij, and Andreas Frössberg Biodegradable Plastics Do not Form Chemically Persistent Microplastics / Francesco Degli Innocenti Controlled Aging and Degradation of Selected Plastics in Marine Environment: 12 Months of Follow-up / Luca Fambri, Roberto Caria, Fabrizio Atzori, Riccardo Ceccato, and Denis Lorenzi Inhalable Microplastics: A New Cause for Concern? / Frank J. Kelly, Joseph Levermore, and Stephanie Wright Microplastics and Nanoplastics Occurrence and Composition in Drinking Water from Akureyri Urban Area, Iceland / Ásta Margrét Ásmundsdóttir, Alessio Gomiero, and Kjell Birger Øysæd Association of Potential Human Pathogens with Microplastics in Freshwater Systems / Loriane Murphy, Kieran Germaine, David N. Dowling, Thomais Kakouli-Duarte, and John Cleary Sample Preparation and Analysis Methods of Microplastics / Tiziano Battistini, Masenka Mikuz, Giulia Dalla Fontana, Alessio Montarsolo, and Raffaella Mossotti INTO THE MED: Searching for Microplastics from Space to Deep-Sea / Catharina Pieper, Ana Martins, Erik Zettler, Clara Magalhães Loureiro, Victor Onink, Anu Heikkilä, Alexandre Epinoux, Ethan Edson, Vincenzo Donnarumma, Fons de Vogel, Kara Lavender Law, and Linda Amaral-Zettler Analysis of Marine Microplastics in the Water Column Sampled up to 300 M Depth / Daura Vega-Moreno, Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Macro and Microplastics in Stormwater and Combined Sewer Overflows in Paris Megacity / Robin Treilles, Johnny Gasperi, Mohamed Saad, Alain Rabier, Jérôme Breton, Vincent Rocher, Sabrina Guérin, and Bruno Tassin The Effect of Drinking Water Ozonation on Different Types of Submicron Plastic Particles / Gerardo Pulido-Reyes, Denise M. Mitrano, Ralf Kägi, and Urs von Gunten Microplastic in Coastal Areas - Impact of Waves, Sediments and Saltwater on the Degradation Behaviour / Maximilian P. Born and Holger Schüttrumpf The Role of Humic Acids on the Effects of Nanoplastics in Fish / I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Preliminary Data on the Polymer Type Identification from Estuarine Environmental Samples / Gonçalo Brás Gomes, Vanessa Morgado, and Carla Palma Qualitative and Quantitative Screening of Organic Pollutants Associated on Microplastics from Ofanto River (South Italy) / Claudia Campanale, Giuseppe Bagnuolo, Georg Dierkes, Carmine Massarelli, and Vito Felice Uricchio Assessment of Microplastic Pollution in Sarno River / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Rachele Castaldo, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, Giancarlo Chiavazzo, Mariateresa Imaparato, Francesca Montuoro, Luca Pucci, Stefania Di Vito, and Mariacristina Cocca Holistic Approach to the Marine Microplastics: Sampling, Characterization, Consequences / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Marine Microplastics at Santuario Pelagos / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Microplastics Uptake and Egestion Dynamics in Pacific Oysters, Magallana Gigas (Thunberg, 1793), Under Controlled Conditions / Philip Graham, Luca Palazzo, Stefano Carboni, Trevor Telfer, Maura Baroli, and Giuseppe Andrea de Lucia Extraction Protocol Optimization for Detection of Microplastics in Digestive System Contents of Loggerhead Turtle (Caretta Caretta) / Ludovica Di Renzo, Giuseppina Mascilongo, Federica Di Giacinto, Daniela Zezza, Gabriella Di Francesco, Vincenzo Olivieri, Miriam Berti, Antonio Petrini, and Nicola Ferri Study of Plastics Debris Collected on the North Beaches of the Garda Lake After the Severe Storm Vaia in Autumn 2018 / Luca Fambri, Giada Bombardelli, Claudia Gavazza, Alfredo Casagranda, Paola Battocchi, and Renzo Tomasi Microplastics and Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons Occurrence in a Demersal Fish (Solea solea) in the Adriatic Sea / Emanuela Frapiccini, Giulio Pellini, Alessio Gomiero, Giuseppe Scarcella, Stefano Guicciardi, Anna Annibaldi, Mattia Betti, and Mauro Marini Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Zooplankton / Silvia Morgana, Chiara Gambardella, Elisa Costa, Veronica Piazza, Francesca Garaventa, and Marco Faimali Occurrence of Microplastics in the Gastrointestinal Tracts (GITs) of the Common Dolphinfish, Coryphaena Hippurus, from the Western Mediterranean Sea / Gabriella Schirinzi, Cristina Pedà, Franco Andaloro, Matteo Baini, Pietro Battaglia, Michela D’Alessandro, Martina Genovese, Marinella Farré, Cristina Panti, Maria Cristina Fossi, and Teresa Romeo Effects of Polymethacrylate Nanoplastics on Lipid Metabolism in Sparus Aurata / C. Barría, I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Measuring the Size and the Charge of Microplastics in Aqueous Suspensions With and With
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: 9783030384418 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: MATLAB® is used in a wide range of geoscientific applications, e.g. for image processing in remote sensing, for creating and processing digital elevation models, and for analyzing time series. This book introduces readers to MATLAB-based data analysis methods used in the geosciences, including basic statistics for univariate, bivariate and multivariate datasets, time-series analysis, signal processing, the analysis of spatial and directional data, and image analysis. The revised and updated Fifth Edition includes seven new sections, and the majority of the chapters have been rewritten and significantly expanded. New sections include error analysis, the problem of classical linear regression of log-transformed data, aligning stratigraphic sequences, the Normalized Difference Vegetation Index, Aitchison’s log-ratio transformation, graphical representation of spherical data, and statistics of spherical data. The book also includes numerous examples demonstrating how MATLAB can be used on datasets from the earth sciences. The supplementary electronic material (available online through SpringerLink) contains recipes that include all the MATLAB commands featured in the book and the sample data.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 517 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Fifth edition
    ISBN: 9783030384418 , 978-3-030-38441-8
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Data Analysis in Earth Sciences 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Data Collection 1.3 Types of Data 1.4 Methods of Data Analysis Recommended Reading 2 Introduction to MATLAB 2.1 MATLAB in Earth Sciences 2.2 Getting Started 2.3 The Syntax 2.4 Array Manipulation 2.5 Data Types in MATLAB 2.6 Data Storage and Handling 2.7 Control Flow 2.8 Scripts and Functions 2.9 Basic Visualization Tools 2.10 Generating Code to Recreate Graphics 2.11 Publishing and Sharing MATLAB Code 2.12 Creating Graphical User Interfaces Recommended Reading 3 Univariate Statistics 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Empirical Distributions 3.3 Examples of Empirical Distributions 3.4 Theoretical Distributions 3.5 Examples of Theoretical Distributions 3.6 Hypothesis Testing 3.7 The t-Test 3.8 The F-Test 3.9 The v2-Test 3.10 The Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test 3.11 Mann-Whitney Test 3.12 The Ansari-Bradley Test 3.13 Distribution Fitting 3.14 Error Analysis Recommended Reading 4 Bivariate Statistics 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Correlation Coefficients 4.3 Classical Linear Regression Analysis 4.4 Analyzing the Residuals 4.5 Bootstrap Estimates of the Regression Coefficients 4.6 Jackknife Estimates of the Regression Coefficients 4.7 Cross Validation 4.8 Reduced Major Axis Regression 4.9 Curvilinear Regression 4.10 Nonlinear and Weighted Regression 4.11 Classical Linear Regression of Log-Transformed Data Recommended Reading 5 Time-Series Analysis 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Generating Signals 5.3 Auto-Spectral and Cross-Spectral Analysis 5.4 Examples of Auto-Spectral and Cross-Spectral Analysis 5.5 Interpolating and Analyzing Unevenly-Spaced Data 5.6 Evolutionary Power Spectrum 5.7 Lomb-Scargle Power Spectrum 5.8 Wavelet Power Spectrum 5.9 Detecting Abrupt Transitions in Time Series 5.10 Aligning Stratigraphic Sequences 5.11 Nonlinear Time-Series Analysis (by N. Marwan) Recommended Reading 6 Signal Processing 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Generating Signals 6.3 Linear Time-Invariant Systems 6.4 Convolution, Deconvolution and Filtering 6.5 Comparing Functions for Filtering Data Series 6.6 Recursive and Nonrecursive Filters 6.7 Impulse Response 6.8 Frequency Response 6.9 Filter Design 6.10 Adaptive Filtering Recommended Reading 7 Spatial Data 7.1 Types of Spatial Data 7.2 The Global Geography Database GSHHG 7.3 The 1 Arc-Minute Gridded Global Relief Data ETOPO1 7.4 The 30 Arc-Seconds Elevation Model GTOPO30 7.5 The Shuttle Radar Topography Mission SRTM 7.6 Exporting 3D Graphics to Create Interactive Documents 7.7 Gridding and Contouring 7.8 Comparison of Methods and Potential Artifacts 7.9 Statistics of Point Distributions 7.10 Analysis of Digital Elevation Models (by R. Gebbers) 7.11 Geostatistics and Kriging (by R. Gebbers) Recommended Reading 8 Image Processing 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Data Storage 8.3 Importing, Processing and Exporting Images 8.4 Importing, Processing and Exporting LANDSAT Images 8.5 Importing and Georeferencing TERRA ASTER Images 8.6 Processing and Exporting EO-1 Hyperion Images 8.7 Digitizing from the Screen 8.8 Image Enhancement, Correction and Rectification 8.9 Color-Intensity Transects Across Varved Sediments 8.10 Grain Size Analysis from Microscope Images 8.11 Quantifying Charcoal in Microscope Images 8.12 Shape-Based Object Detection in Images 8.13 The Normalized Difference Vegetation Index Recommended Reading 9 Multivariate Statistics 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Principal Component Analysis 9.3 Independent Component Analysis (by N. Marwan) 9.4 Discriminant Analysis 9.5 Cluster Analysis 9.6 Multiple Linear Regression 9.7 Aitchison’s Log-Ratio Transformation Recommended Reading 10 Directional Data 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Graphical Representation of Circular Data 10.3 Empirical Distributions of Circular Data 10.4 Theoretical Distributions of Circular Data 10.5 Test for Randomness of Circular Data 10.6 Test for the Significance of a Mean Direction 10.7 Test for the Difference between Two Sets of Directions 10.8 Graphical Representation of Spherical Data 10.9 Statistics of Spherical Data Recommended Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: 9789811614903 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively summarizes the biological mechanisms of coloration and pattern formation of animals at molecular and cellular level, offering up-to-date knowledge derived from remarkable progress in the last 10 years. The brilliant coloration, conspicuous patterns and spectacular color changes displayed by some vertebrates and invertebrates are generally their strategies of the utmost importance for survival. Consists of mainly three parts, starts with introductory chapter, such as Pigments and Pigment Organelles, Developmental Genetics of Pigment Cell Formation, Adult Pigment Patterns, and Color Changes, this book introduces new pigment compounds in addition to classically known pigments and organelles, explains how the generation of multiple types of pigment cell is genetically controlled, describes the mechanisms underlying the zebrafish stripe formation as well as other animals and also summarizes the mechanism of physiological and morphological color changes of teleost, amphibian and cephalopod. Written by experts in the field, this book will be essential reading for graduate students and researchers in biological fields who are interested in pigmentation mechanisms of animals.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 472 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811614903 , 978-981-16-1490-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Pigments and Pigment Organelles 1 Pigments in Insects / Ryo Futahashi and Mizuko Osanai-Futahashi 2 Melanins in Vertebrates / Kazumasa Wakamatsu and Shosuke Ito 3 Body Color Expression in Birds / Toyoko Akiyama and Keiji Kinoshita 4 Pigments in Teleosts and their Biosynthesis / Tetsuaki Kimura 5 Bioluminescence and Pigments / José Paitio and Yuichi Oba Part II Pigment Cell and Patterned Pigmentation 6 Development of Melanin-Bearing Pigment Cells in Birds and Mammals / Heinz Arnheiter and Julien Debbache 7 Pigment Cell Development in Teleosts / Hisashi Hashimoto, Makoto Goda, and Robert N. Kelsh 8 Pigment Patterning in Teleosts / Jennifer Owen, Christian Yates, and Robert N. Kelsh 9 Theoretical Studies of Pigment Pattern Formation / Seita Miyazawa, Masakatsu Watanabe, and Shigeru Kondo 10 Evolution of Pigment Pattern Formation in Teleosts / David M. Parichy and Yipeng Liang 11 Mechanisms of Feather Structural Coloration and Pattern Formation in Birds / Shinya Yoshioka and Toyoko Akiyama 12 Mechanism of Color Pattern Formation in Insects / Yuichi Fukutomi and Shigeyuki Koshikawa Part III Color Changes 13 Physiological and Morphological Color Changes in Teleosts and in Reptiles / Makoto Goda and Takeo Kuriyama 14 Color Change in Cephalopods / Yuzuru Ikeda 15 Physiological and Biochemical Mechanisms of Insect Color Change Towards Understanding Molecular Links / Minoru Moriyama
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030780135 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book describes the structure, composition and evolution of the Earth, the main geological processes occurring on it, and how some crucial environmental matters that are amply debated in the media (e.g. pollution, greenhouse effect) can be fully understood by placing them in the holistic context of the system Earth as a whole. It provides basic information on a series of key geological issues, from the structure and composition of the Earth to the large-scale processes that characterize our planet, such as rock alteration and sedimentation, magmatism, geomagnetism, seismicity, plate tectonics, cyclical migration of chemical elements through various Earth reservoirs (Geochemical Cycles), and evolution of the planet from Hadean to present. It intends to reach a wide readership, which is interested in our planet and wish to have a general and comprehensive view of its origin, evolution and activity. Potential readership includes undergraduate and advanced undergraduate students in Geology and other scientific disciplines, and any moderately- to well-educated people interested in the surrounding world and eager to gain a basic knowledge of the Earth and to reach an integrated view of how our planet is working. Includes debated issues of the environmental changes by framing them within the evolution and history of the Earth.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 223 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2021, corrected publication 2022
    ISBN: 9783030780135 , 978-3-030-78013-5
    Uniform Title: Aria, Acqua, Terra, Fuoco Come funziona il sistema Terra
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The World Hidden Beneath Us - Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Xenoliths, Meteorites, Earthquakes: Witnesses of the Underground World 1.3 The Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.3.1 The Compositional Layering: Core, Mantle, and Crust 1.3.2 The Mechanical Layering: Inner Core, Outer Core, Convective Mantle, and Lithosphere 1.4 Summary 1.5 Box 1.1 - Minerals and Rocks References 2 Air, Water, Earth - The Exogenic Geological Processes 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Rocks and Soils 2.3 The Atmosphere 2.4 The Hydrosphere 2.5 The Sedimentary Cycle: Air, Water and Earth at Work 2.5.1 Rocks Breakdown 2.5.2 Removal and Transportation of Weathering Products 2.5.3 Sediment Deposition 2.5.4 Diagenesis: Back to Rocks 2.6 The Remains of Mountains 2.7 The Fate of the Organic Matter 2.8 Summary 2.9 Box 2.1 - Water-Air-Earth Interaction: Some Basic Geochemistry 2.10 Box 2.2 - Limestone, a Most Meritorious Rock References 3 Fire - How Magmatism Shaped the Earth 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Magmas: What They Are, How They Form 3.3 Magmatism and the Structure of the Earth 3.3.1 From Chaos to Order 3.4 Volcanism 3.4.1 Types of Volcanic Eruptions 3.4.2 Volcanism and the Terrestrial Environment 3.4.3 Large Igneous Provinces and Mass Extinctions 3.5 Global Distribution of Magmatism 3.6 Summary 3.7 Box 3.1 - Magmatism: How and Why 3.7.1 Main Types of Magma 3.7.2 Ascent, Diversification and Solidification of Magmas 3.8 Box 3.2 - Heat Flow and Geothermal Energy 3.9 Box 3.3 - Magmatism and Ore Deposits References 4 Geomagnetism - The Space Shield of the Planet Earth 4.1 Introduction 4.2 The Earth’s Magnetic Field 4.3 Palaeomagnetism: The Magnetic Memory of Rocks 4.3.1 Magnetic Reversal 4.4 Palaeomagnetism, Continental Drift, and Ocean Floor Spreading 4.5 Summary 4.6 Box 4.1 - Geomagnetism: A Historical Perspective 4.7 Box 4.2 - Geomagnetism and the Biosphere References 5 Seismicity—The Breath of a Restless Earth 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Rock Failure, Earthquakes, and Faults 5.2.1 Stress and Rock Deformation 5.2.2 Earthquakes and Faults 5.3 Seismic Waves 5.4 Seismographs and Seismograms 5.5 Earthquake Magnitude, Intensity and Frequency 5.6 Global Distribution of Earthquakes 5.7 Summary 5.8 Box 5.1- Earthquake Effects, Prediction, Forecasting, and Mitigation References 6 Plate Tectonics - The Great Unifying Theory 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Fixism Versus Mobilism 6.2.1 The Theory of Continental Drift 6.2.2 From Continental Drift to Plate Tectonics 6.3 Plate Tectonics: The Framework 6.4 The Plate Boundaries 6.4.1 Divergent Boundaries 6.4.2 Convergent Boundaries 6.4.3 Transform Boundaries 6.5 Why Do Plates Move? 6.6 Where, When and Why Does Subduction Start 6.7 Summary 6.8 Box 6.1 - Linear Volcanism and Hotspots 6.9 Box 6.2 - The Continents References 7 Geochemical Cycles - The Circulatory System of Planet Earth 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Geochemical Cycles: Some Definitions 7.3 The Water Cycle 7.4 The Sodium Cycle 7.5 The Carbon Biogeochemical Cycle 7.6 The Phosphorus Biogeochemical Cycle 7.7 The Nitrogen Biogeochemical Cycle 7.8 The Oxygen Cycle 7.9 The Iron Cycle 7.10 The Geochemical Cycles of Lead and Arsenic 7.11 Summary 7.12 Box 7.1 The Rock Cycle 7.13 Box 7.2 The Geochemical Cycles and the Age of the Earth References 8 The Geochemical Cycles and the Environment - How Man is Changing the Earth 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Geochemical Cycles and Environmental Pollution 8.2.1 Toxic Elements 8.2.2 Phosphorus and Nitrogen Compounds 8.3 Environmental Aspects of the Carbon Cycle 8.3.1 CO2 and the Ocean Acidification 8.3.2 CO2 and the Greenhouse Effect 8.3.3 CO2 and Climatic Change: A Geological Perspective 8.3.4 A Lesson for the Future 8.4 Plastic Waste Pollution 8.5 Summary 8.6 Box 8.1 - Stable Isotopes: Measuring the Temperature of the Past 8.6.1 Some Basics of Isotope Geochemistry 8.6.2 The Delta Notation 8.6.3 Oxygen-Hydrogen Isotope Geothermometry 8.7 Box 8.2 - CO2 Sequestration: The message from Decameron References 9 From Hadean to Anthropocene - The Endless Story of a Lucky Planet 9.1 Introduction 9.2 From the Solar Nebula to the Formation of Planets 9.3 Hadean: The Hellish Aeon (~4600–4000 Ma) 9.4 Archaean (4000–2500 Ma): The Dawn of Life and the Start of Modern Plate Tectonics 9.5 Proterozoic (2500–541 Ma): Oxygen, Eukaryotes, Supercontinents 9.6 Phanerozoic: The explosion of Complex Organisms (541–0 Ma) 9.6.1 The Spread of Animals and Plants 9.7 Finally, The Anthropocene 9.8 The Gaia Hypothesis 9.9 Summary 9.10 Box 9.1 - Geochronology: How Ages of Rocks, Fossils and Geologic Events Are Determined 9.10.1 Relative Age of Rocks and Fossils 9.10.2 Absolute Age References 10 Epilogue 10.1 The Earth Anomaly 10.2 The Best of All Possible Worlds 10.3 Historical Times, Geological Times 10.4 Technology, Natural Resources and Environmental Impact 10.5 Natura, Non Nisi Parendo Vincitur Correction to: Air, Water, Earth, Fire Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: 9783030756024 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides examples of pollutants, such as accidental oil spills and non-degradable plastic debris, which affect marine organisms of all taxa. Terrestrial runoff washes large amounts of dissolved organic materials from agriculture and industry, toxic heavy metals, pharmaceuticals, and persistent organic pollutants which end up into rivers, coastal habitats, and open waters. While this book is not intended to encyclopaedically list all kinds of pollution, it rather exemplifies the problems by concentrating on a number of serious and prominent recent developments. The chapters in this book also discuss measures to decrease and remove aquatic pollution to mitigate the stress on aquatic organisms. Aquatic ecosystems provide a wide range of ecological and economical services. In addition to providing a large share of the staple diet for a fast growing human population, oceans absorb most of the anthropogenically emitted carbon dioxide and mitigate climate change. As well as rising temperatures and ocean acidification, pollution poses increasing problems for aquatic ecosystems and organisms reducing its functioning and services which are exposed to a plethora of stress factors.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 426 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030756024 , 978-3-030-75602-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Donat-P. Häder, E. Walter Helbling, and Virginia E. Villafañe 2 Pollution Affecting Cyanobacteria in Aquatic Habitats / Abha Pandey, Sonal Mishra, Neha Kumari, Vidya Singh, and Rajeshwar P. Sinha 3 Effects of Pollution on Fish / Donat-P. Häder 4 Effects of Pollution in Aquatic Food Chains / Raúl González, Cristian Durante, Marina Arcagni, Romina Juncos, Juan Seco Pon, Enrique Crespo, and Maite Narvarte 5 Pollution in the Arctic Ocean / Sten-Åke Wängberg and Göran Björk 6 Contamination of Coral Reefs in the Mexican Caribbean / Anastazia T. Banaszak 7 Input of Terrestrial Material into Coastal Patagonian Waters and Its Effects on Phytoplankton Communities from the Chubut River Estuary (Argentina) / Juan I. Vizzo, Marco J. Cabrerizo, Virginia E. Villafañe, and E. Walter Helbling 8 Marine Eutrophication: Overview from Now to the Future / Paulo Antunes Horta, Leonardo Rubi Rörig, Giulia Burle Costa, José Bonomi Baruffi, Eduardo Bastos, Lyllyan Santos Rocha, Giovanna Destri, and Alessandra Larissa Fonseca 9 Anthropogenic Pollution of Coastal Ecosystems in Brazil / Sebastian M. Strauch and Gilmar S. Erzinger 10 Hydrochemical Insight and Groundwater Supply: A Case Study of Patagonia’s Chubut River / Américo I. Torres, Luis F. H. Niencheski, Verena A. Campodonico, Andrea I. Pasquini, Mauricio Faleschini, and Pedro J. Depetris 11 Pharmaceutical Pollutants in Aquatic Ecosystems / Gilmar S. Erzinger, Sebastian M. Strauch, Monique Fröhlich, Carla Keite Machado, and Lineu del Ciampo 12 Detergents Pollution in Freshwater Ecosystems / Azizullah Azizullah, Sarzamin Khan, Sabeela Rehman, Nadia Taimur, and Donat-P. Häder 13 Heavy Metals Pollution in Surface Waters of Pakistan / Azizullah Azizullah, Nadia Taimur, Sarzamin Khan, and Donat-P. Häder 14 Arsenic Pollution / Donat-P. Häder 15 Petroleum Hydrocarbons in Atlantic Coastal Patagonia / Marina L. Nievas El Makte, Rosana Polifroni, Marcela A. Sepúlveda, and Ana Fazio 16 Dumping of Toxic Waste into the Oceans / Donat-P. Häder 17 Microplastics as Pollutants in the Marine Environment / Anthony Andrady and Liping Zhu 18 Effects of Ocean Acidification on Marine Primary Producers and Related Ecological Processes Under Multiple Stressors / Peng Jin and Kunshan Gao
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9783030830748 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the analysis of bottom waters flows through underwater channels of the Atlantic Ocean. The study is based on recent observations of the authors, analysis of historical data, numerical modeling, and literature review. For example, studying both the measurements from the World Ocean Circulation experiment in the 1990s and recent measurements reveals the decadal variations of water properties in the ocean. Seawater is cooled at high latitudes, descends to the ocean bottom, and slowly flows to the tropical latitudes and further. This current is slow in the deep basins, but intensifies in the abyssal channels connecting the basins. The current overflows submarine topographic structures and sometimes forms deep cataracts when water descends over slopes by several hundred meters. The flow of Antarctic Bottom Water (AABW) is studied on the basis of CTD sections combined with Lowered Acoustic Doppler Profiling (LADCP) carried out annually, and long-term moored measurements of currents. This book is a collection of oceanographic data, interpretation, and analysis, which can be used by field oceanographers, specialists in numerical modeling, and students who specialize in oceanography.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXX, 483 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030830748 , 978-3-030-83074-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Deep Water Masses of the South and North Atlantic 1.1 General Description 1.2 Global Overturning Circulation 1.3 Mechanisms of the Formation of the Deep and Bottom Waters 1.4 Classifications of Deep and Bottom Waters in the Atlantic 1.5 Upper Circumpolar Water and Upper Circumpolar Deep Water 1.6 North Atlantic Deep Water 1.7 Lower Circumpolar Water and Lower Circumpolar Deep Water, Circumpolar Bottom Water, Southeast Pacific Deep Water, and Warm Deep Water 1.8 Antarctic Bottom Water References 2 General Overview of Abyssal Pathways, and Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 2.1 Propagation of Deep and Bottom Waters as Series of Deep Cataracts 2.2 Propagation of Antarctic Waters in the Abyss of the Atlantic 2.3 Comparison of Spreading of Water Masses Reference 3 Source Regions 3.1 Weddell Sea and Weddell Gyre 3.2 Agulhas and Cape Basins 3.3 Drake Passage, Scotia Sea, and Georgia Basin 3.3.1 General Description and Bottom Topography 3.3.2 Deep and Bottom Water Masses and Previous Concepts of Circulation 3.3.3 Analysis of Recent Data 3.4 Antarctic Bottom Water in the Argentine Basin References 4 Exchange Between the Argentine and Brazil Basins; Abyssal Pathways and Bottom Flow Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 4.1 General Description 4.2 Vema Channel 4.2.1 Topography and General Description 4.2.2 History of Research and Datasets of Long-Term Observations 4.2.3 Deep and Bottom Waters 4.2.4 Section Along the Channel 4.2.5 Structure of the Flow. Sections Across the Channel 4.2.6 Trends in Potential Temperature and Salinity of the Coldest Bottom Water Observed Since 1972 4.2.7 Salinity Variations 4.2.8 Flow in the Southern Part of the Channel at the Boundary with the Argentine Basin 4.2.9 Moored Observations of Velocities in the Channel 4.2.10 Measurements with the Lowered ADCP 4.2.11 Extreme Transport Velocities of Antarctic Bottom Water in the Deep-Water Vema Channel 4.2.12 Flow of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Vema Channel 4.3 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow in the South Atlantic 4.4 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow Through the Vema Channel 4.5 Santos Plateau 4.6 Hunter Channel References 5 Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Brazil Basin 5.1 Brazil Basin 5.2 Flow in the Guiana Basin and Westward Equatorial Channels 5.3 North American Basin 5.4 Eastward Equatorial Channels. The Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.1 Research History 5.4.2 Bottom Topography 5.4.3 Hydrography of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.4 Currents in the Eastern Parts of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.5 Temperature Distributions Along the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.6 Long-Term Variations in Temperature and Salinity 5.4.7 Inflow of Antarctic Bottom Water and Deep Spillway in the Western Part of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.8 Summary 5.4.9 Abyssal Spillway at the Main Sill in the Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.10 Abyssal Spillway at the Nameless Sill of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.11 Modeling of the Flow in the Romanche Fracture Zone References 6 Fractures in the Mid-Atlantic Ridge of the North Atlantic 6.1 Vema Fracture Zone 6.1.1 Bottom Topography 6.1.2 Measurements 6.1.3 Structure of Bottom Flow Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.4 Bottom Water Transport Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.5 Bottom Flow Through the Vema Fracture Zone Based on the Measurements in 2014–2016 6.2 Other Fracture Zones of the Northern Mid-Atlantic Ridge 6.2.1 Strakhov Fracture Zone (Four North Fracture Zone) (3° 53' N) 6.2.2 Bogdanov Fracture Zone (7° 10' N) 6.2.3 Nameless Fracture Zone (7° 28' N) 6.2.4 Vernadsky Fracture Zone (7° 49' N) 6.2.5 Doldrums Fracture Zone (8° N) and a Rift Valley South of It 6.2.6 Arkhangelsky Fracture Zone (9° N) 6.2.7 Ten Degree Fracture Zone (9° 57' N) 6.2.8 Rift Valley South of the Vema Fracture Zone (10° 21' N) 6.2.9 Marathon Fracture Zone (12° 40' N) 6.2.10 Fifteen Twenty Fracture Zone (Cabo Verde Fracture Zone) (15° 16' N) 6.2.11 Kane Fracture Zone (24° N) 6.2.12 Pathways and AABW Transport Through the Northern Part of the MAR 6.3 Modeling of the Flow Through the Northern MAR References . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Eastern Basin Pathways and Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water in the East Atlantic 7.1 General Description 7.2 Mixing Caused by the Barotropic Tide 7.3 Kane Gap 7.4 Angola Basin References 8 Passages in the East Azores Ridge 8.1 General Description 8.2 Discovery Gap 8.3 Western Gap 8.4 Modeling References 9 Flows Through the Northern Channels in the North Atlantic 9.1 Charlie Gibbs Fracture Zone 9.2 Overflow in the Denmark Strait 9.3 Overflow in the Faroe-Shetland Channel 9.4 Overflow in the Gibraltar Strait 9.5 Gravity Current in the Bear Island Trough References Summary of Research and Integrated Conclusions
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9783030747138 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents the result of an innovative challenge, to create a systematic literature overview driven by machine-generated content. Questions and related keywords were prepared for the machine to query, discover, collate and structure by Artificial Intelligence (AI) clustering. The AI-based approach seemed especially suitable to provide an innovative perspective as the topics are indeed both complex, interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary, for example, climate, planetary and evolution sciences. Springer Nature has published much on these topics in its journals over the years, so the challenge was for the machine to identify the most relevant content and present it in a structured way that the reader would find useful. The automatically generated literature summaries in this book are intended as a springboard to further discoverability. They are particularly useful to readers with limited time, looking to learn more about the subject quickly and especially if they are new to the topics. Springer Nature seeks to support anyone who needs a fast and effective start in their content discovery journey, from the undergraduate student exploring interdisciplinary content, to Master- or PhD-thesis developing research questions, to the practitioner seeking support materials, this book can serve as an inspiration, to name a few examples. It is important to us as a publisher to make the advances in technology easily accessible to our authors and find new ways of AI-based author services that allow human-machine interaction to generate readable, usable, collated, research content.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 364 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030747138 , 978-3-030-74713-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Origin and Evolution of Atmospheres Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 2 Downscaling, Regional Models and Impacts Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 3 Response and Alternative Theories in Climate Change Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 4 Stochastic Weather and Climate Models Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 5 Progress in Climate Modeling Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 6 Maximum Entropy Production (MEP) and Climate Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 7 Astrobiology and Development of Human Civilization Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 8 Planets and Exoplanets, Habitability Sustainability and Time Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 9 Geobiology Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 10 The Fermi Paradox Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 11 The Gaia Hypothesis, Evolution and Ecology Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95434
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 438 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783946729303 , 978-3-946729-30-3
    ISSN: 0932-2205
    Series Statement: Excellence in Ecology 30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: 9781119750901 (e-book)
    In: Geophysical monograph, 284
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 268 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: first published 2024
    ISBN: 9781119750901 , 978-1-119-75090-1 , 9781119750895 , 978-1-119-75089-5
    Series Statement: Geophysical monograph 284
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of Contributors Preface Chapter 1 An Introduction to the Ocean Soundscape 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Seismic Waves 1.2.1 Body Waves 1.2.2 Surface Waves 1.3 Noise Sources in the Oceans 1.3.1 Noise from Geological Origins (Geophony) 1.3.2 Noise from Biological Origins (Biophony) 1.3.3 Noise from Anthropogenic Origins (Anthrophony) 1.4 Tools for Recording Marine Noise 1.4.1 Ocean-Bottom Seismometers 1.4.2 Ocean-Bottom Nodes 1.4.3 Ocean-Bottom Observatories 1.4.4 Acoustic Doppler Current Profilers 1.4.5 Echosounders 1.4.6 Drifters and Floats 1.5 Common Data-Processing Methods 1.5.1 Time-Drift Correction 1.5.2 Data Reduction 1.5.3 Instrument Relocation through Travel-Time Analysis 1.5.4 Rotation for Geophone Reorientation 1.5.5 Converting from Counts to Physical Units 1.5.6 Removing the Mean from the Data Set 1.5.7 Frequency Spectrum, Spectrogram, and Power Spectral Density 1.5.8 Frequency Filtering 1.5.9 Polarization Analysis 1.6 Summary of Chapters 1.7 Future Developments of Acoustic Measurements in the Ocean References Chapter 2 Seismic Ambient Noise: Application to Taiwanese Data 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Background Ambient Seismic Noise in Taiwan 2.3 Ambient Seismic Noise Generated by Intense Storms 2.4 Deepsea Internal Waves Southeast of Offshore Taiwan 2.5 Gas Emissions at the Seafloor and "Bubble" SDEs in SW Offshore Taiwan 2.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References Chapter 3 Seasonal and Geographical Variations in the Quantified Relationship Between Significant Wave Heights and Microseisms: An Example From Taiwan 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Method and Data Processing 3.2.1 Data 3.2.2 Method 3.3 Testing and Determining Parameters 3.4 Results and Discussion 3.4.1 Seasonal Variation 3.4.2 Geographical Variation 3.4.3 Residual Distributions of the SHW Simulation 3.5 Conclusions -- Acknowledgments References Chapter 4 Listening for Diverse Signals From Emergent and Submarine Volcanoes 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Detection and Monitoring of Submarine Volcanism 4.2.1 Hydroacoustic Arrays 4.2.2 Seismometer Arrays 4.2.3 Cabled Systems 4.2.4 Limitations in Detecting Submarine Volcanism 4.3 Diverse Volcano Signals Recorded Underwater 4.3.1 Distinguishing Signal from Noise in the Ocean 4.3.2 High-Frequency Volcanic Signals 4.3.3 Low-Frequency Volcanic Signals 4.3.4 Volcanic Tremor Signals 4.3.5 Volcanic Explosion-Type Signals 4.3.6 Volcanic Landslide Signals 4.4 Conclusions Availability Statement Acknowledgments References Chapter 5 Seismic and Acoustic Monitoring of Submarine Landslides: Ongoing Challenges, Recent Successes, and Future Opportunities 5.1 Introduction 5.1.1 Recent Advances in Direct Monitoring of Submarine Landslides 5.1.2 Aims 5.2 Passive Geophysical Monitoring of Terrestrial Landslides 5.3 Which Aspects of Submarine Landslides Should We Be Able to Detect with Passive Systems? 5.4 Recent Advances and Opportunities in Passive Monitoring of Submarine Landslides 5.4.1 Determining the Timing and Location of Submarine Landslides at a Margin Scale Using Land-Based Seismological Networks 5.4.2 Quantifying Landslide Kinematics Using Hydrophones 5.4.3 Characterizing Landslide Run-Out to Enhance Hazard Assessments 5.4.4 Opportunities Using Distributed Cable-Based Sensing 5.5 The Application of Passive Geophysical Monitoring in Advancing Submarine Landslide Science 5.5.1 Can Passive Seismic and Acoustic Techniques Overcome the Logistical Challenges That Have Previously Hindered the Monitoring of Submarine Landslides? 5.5.2 What Aspects of Submarine Landslides Can We Assess from Passive Remote Sensing Techniques, and What Needs To Be Resolved? 5.5.3 Suggestions for Future Directions 5.6 Concluding Remarks Acknowledgments References Chapter 6 Iceberg Noise 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Waveforms of Iceberg Noise 6.2.1 Iceberg Bursts 6.2.2 Iceberg Tremor 6.2.3 Iceberg Harmonic Tremor 6.3 Observation and Location of Iceberg Noise 6.3.1 Hydroacoustic Records at Long Distances 6.3.2 Records of Regional Hydroacoustic Networks 6.3.3 Seismic Records in Antarctica 6.4 Spatial and Temporal Variations of Iceberg Noise 6.5 Source Mechanisms of Iceberg Noise 6.6 Discussion 6.7 Conclusion Acknowledgments References Chapter 7 The Sound of Hydrothermal Vents 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Theory of Sound Production by Hydrothermal Vents 7.2.1 Radiation Efficiency 7.2.2 Monopole 7.2.3 Dipole 7.2.4 Quadrupole 7.2.5 Estimated Source Sound Pressure Levels 7.2.6 Estimated Source Spectra 7.3 Survey of Acoustic Measurements 7.3.1 Very Low Frequency (〈 10 Hz) 7.3.2 Narrowband 7.3.3 Broadband 7.3.4 Tidal Variability 7.3.5 Summary of Acoustic Measurements 7.4 Other Sources of Ambient Noise 7.4.1 Microseisms 7.4.2 Local and Teleseismic Events 7.4.3 Biological Sources 7.4.4 Anthropogenic Sources 7.5 Measurement and Analysis Considerations 7.5.1 Flow Noise and Coupled Vibration 7.5.2 Sound Speed in Hydrothermal Fluid 7.5.3 Near Field vs Far Field 7.5.4 Hydrophone Array Measurements 7.6 Conclusion Nomenclature References Chapter 8 Atypical Signals: Characteristics and Sources of Short-Duration Events 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Signal Characteristics 8.3 Worldwide Distribution of SDEs 8.4 Observations and Studies Advancing SDE Understanding 8.4.1 Observations from Different Types of Ocean Bottom Instruments 8.4.2 Continuous Long-Term, Multidisciplinary Monitoring of Gas Emissions 8.4.3 Correlation with Acoustic Monitoring of Gas Emissions 8.4.4 Correlation with Earthquakes 8.4.5 Correlation with Tides 8.4.6 Controlled in situ and Laboratory Experiments 8.5 Discussion of SDE Potential Sources 8.5.1 Biological Origin 8.5.2 Action of Ocean/Sea Currents 8.5.3 Fluids in Near-Surface Sediments 8.5.4 Low-Magnitude Seismicity 8.5.5 Source Modeling 8.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References Chapter 9 Short-Duration Events Associated With Active Seabed Methane Venting: Scanner Pockmark, North Sea 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Scanner Pockmark Complex 9.3 CHIMNEY Seismic Experiment 9.4 Methods 9.5 Results 9.6 Discussion 9.6.1 Characteristics of SDEs 9.6.2 Spatial Distribution of SDEs 9.6.3 Negative Correlation with the Tide 9.6.4 Efficiency of SDE Detection 9.7 Conclusion Acknowledgments References Chapter 10 Ambient Bubble Acoustics: Seep, Rain, and Wave Noise 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Bubbles as Acoustic Sources 10.2.1 The Injection of a Gas Bubble 10.2.2 Bubbles as Simple Harmonic Oscillators 10.2.3 Minnaert Frequency 10.3 Subsurface Gas Release 10.3.1 Gas-Seep Acoustics 10.4 Rainfall Acoustics 10.5 Acoustics of Breaking Waves 10.6 Conclusion Further Reading Appendix Symbology References Chapter 11 Baleen Whale Vocalizations 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Marine Mammal Classification 11.2 Physical Description of Sound and Its Conventions 11.2.1 Sound Pressure Level (SPL) 11.2.2 Source Level (SL) 11.2.3 Whale-Sound Analysis 11.3 Marine Mammal Vocalizations 11.3.1 Sirenia and Carnivora 11.3.2 Toothed Whales 11.3.3 Baleen Whales 11.4 Conclusions Acknowledgments References Chapter 12 Tracking and Monitoring Fin Whales Offshore Northwest Spain Using Passive Acoustic Methods 12.1 Introduction 12.1.1 Passive Acoustic Monitoring 12.1.2 Fin Whale Vocalizations 12.1.3 Data Available for This Study 12.2 Methods 12.2.1 Call Detection 12.2.2 Delay Estimation 12.2.3 Localization and Tracking 12.2.4 Kalman Filter 12.3 Results 12.3.1 Detections 12.3.2 Localization 12.3.3 Tracking 12.4 Discussion 12.5 Conclusions Acknowledgments References Chapter 13 Noise From Marine Traffic 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Underwater Radiated Noise 13.2.1 Sources of Shipping Noise 13.2.2 Measuring Radiated Noise 13.2.3 Modeling Underwater Radiated Noise 13.3 Noise Mapping 13.3.1 Modeling Shipping Contributions 13.3.2 Source Properties 13.3.3 Acoustic Propagation 13.3.4 Noise-Mapping Applications 13.4 Conclusion Acknowledgments References Chapter 14 Tracking Multiple Underwater Vessels With Passive Sonar Using Beamforming and a Trajectory PHD Filter 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Narrow-Band Signal Model 14.3 Detection via Beamforming and CA-CFAR 14.3.1 CBF 14.3.2 CA-CFAR 14.4 T
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: 9783658404673 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieses Buch bietet einen Überblick über ein komplexes, auch an Hochschulen und Forschungseinrichtungen zunehmend sichtbarer werdendes gesellschaftliches Problem: Sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt (SBDG). Die vielfältigen Aspekte, rechtlichen Fragen und komplexen Erscheinungsformen machen das Thema in einem hierarchischen Umfeld mit vielfach undurchsichtigen Verantwortungsstrukturen zu einer organisationalen und individuellen Herausforderung. 16 Beiträge nehmen die vielfältigen Erscheinungsformen und Ausprägungen als Forschungsgegenstand und Teil des organisationalen Alltags in den Blick. Sie erläutern den Umgang mit SBDG in verschiedenen Kontexten und Räumen in der Wissenschaft aus verschiedenen Perspektiven und informieren über Strukturen zur Prävention. Dieses Werk ist eine orientierende Handreichung für alle, die im universitären und/oder Forschungsbereich arbeiten, Personalverantwortung tragen, die Entwicklung von akademischen Einrichtungen begleiten und nicht zuletzt für all jene, die von sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt in hochschulischen Kontexten direkt betroffen oder ihr indirekt begegnet sind. Der Inhalt Kritische Perspektiven auf Recht, Struktur und Daten Perspektiven auf spezifische Herausforderungen von Settings und Hochschultypen Perspektiven auf Strukturen, Umgangsweisen und Lösungsansätze Erweiterung der Perspektive Perspektiven internationaler Hochschulkontexte Die Herausgeberinnen Dr. Heike Pantelmann ist Geschäftsführerin des Margherita-von-Brentano-Zentrums für Geschlechterforschung an der Freien Universität Berlin. Sie leitet den Forschungsschwerpunkt Sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt (SBDG) des Margherita-von-Brentano-Zentrums. Neben der wissenschaftlichen und hochschulpolitischen Arbeit gibt sie Workshops im Themenfeld. Dr. Sabine Blackmore ist langjährige Gleichstellungsakteurin an Berliner Hochschulen sowie Coach und Trainerin für Wissenschaft und Gleichstellung. Sowohl in ihrer hochschulischen Tätigkeit als auch in ihrer jetzigen Tätigkeit als Coach und Trainerin arbeitet Sabine Blackmore vertieft zu dem Thema SBDG im hochschulischen Kontext. Sie berät Hochschulen und Stiftungen und arbeitet mit Führungskräften, Betroffenen und Bystandern.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 233 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: korrigierte Publikation 2023
    ISBN: 9783658404673 , 978-3-658-40467-3
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung: S(B)DG im Hochschulkontext – Einführung und Überblick / Heike Pantelmann und Sabine Blackmore Teil I Kritische Perspektiven auf Recht, Struktur und Daten 2 „Islands of Empowerment“ – Recht als Instrument der Selbstermächtigung gegen rassistische und sexistische Diskriminierung / Doris Liebscher 3 Nein heißt nein: Universitäre Maßnahmen gegen sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt. Richtlinien, Beratung, Prävention / Tanja Wälty und Heike Pantelmann 4 International vergleichende Forschung über Formen geschlechtsbezogener Gewalt in Wissenschaftsorganisationen / Anke Lipinsky und Claudia Schredl Teil II Perspektiven auf spezifische Herausforderungen von Settings und Hochschultypen 5 Umgang mit sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt in der Universitätsmedizin in Theorie und Praxis / Pia Djermester, Sabine C. Jenner und Sabine Oertelt-Prigione 6 Zum Umgang mit Nähe und Distanz – good practice an Musikhochschulen / Birgit Fritzen und Martina Bick 7 Kunst braucht Nähe. Nähe braucht Regeln. Vom professionellen Umgang mit Grenzen in der musikalischen Ausbildung an Musikhochschulen / Antje Kirschning 8 Für ein gutes Miteinander auf See. Eine Initiative zur Prävention von sexualisierten Grenzverletzungen auf Forschungsfahrten / Kristin Hamann, Nikole Lorenz, Catharina Jäcke und Ulrike Schroller-Lomnitz Teil III Perspektiven auf Strukturen, Umgang und Lösungsansätze 9 Die Hochschule – ein möglichst sicherer Ort! Elemente eines Schutzkonzepts zur Prävention von und zum Umgang mit sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt / Ulrike Richter, Sünne Andresen, Elisa Kassin und Holger Specht 10 „Na, dann brauchen wir wohl einen Workshop oder Coaching …“ – Trainings und Coaching als Instrumente in der hochschulischen Arbeit bei Fällen von sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt / Sabine Blackmore und Lisa Horvath 11 Beratung bei sexualisierter Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt: Ein Schulungskonzept für Hochschulen / Brigitte Reysen-Kostudis und Wendy Stollberg 12 Sensibilisierung zum Thema „Sexualisierte Diskriminierung und Gewalt“ im Rahmen der jährlichen Sicherheitsunterweisung nach Arbeitsschutzgesetz – eine präventive Maßnahme / Robin von Both, Britta Bergfeldt und Birgid Langer Teil IV Erweiterung der Perspektive 13 Intersektionalität, Repräsentanz und safer spaces bei sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt an Hochschulen / Gabriele Rosenstreich 14 Gender.Macht.Wissenschaft – Akademischer Aktivismus. Ein Bericht über aktivistische Schreib- und Arbeitsprozesse / AG Gender.Macht.Wissenschaft Teil V Perspektiven internationaler Hochschulkontexte 15 Tackling Sexual Harassment and Violence in Universities: Seven Lessons from the UK / Alison Phipps 16 Green Tides and Pink Glitter: A Brief Account of the 21st-century Feminist Movement in Mexican Higher Education / Kenya Herrera Bórquez 17 Sexual Violence in the University Environment in Mexico: Some Reflections on its Manifestations and its Relationship with Feminist Activism / Daniela Cerva Cerna und Marcela Suárez Estrada Erratum zu: Zum Umgang mit Nähe und Distanz – good practice an Musikhochschulen / Birgit Fritzen und Martina Bick
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Humana Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95664
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume provides detailed protocols for the isolation, enumeration, characterization of diverse bacteriophages, including both small to jumbo bacteriophages, from soil, fecal, municipal wastewater, and from food niche samples. Chapters highlight the diversity of bacteriophages in different environments, quantifications using culture, molecular techniques, protocols for isolate, interaction of bacteriophage proteins with host cells, and how to use bacteriophages to transfer foreign genetic elements to bacterial strains. In addition to the above, chapters feature the application of bacteriophages/bacteriophage-derived products. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips (in the Notes section) on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and cutting-edge, Bacteriophages: Methods and Protocols aims to ensure successful results in further study of this vital field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 431 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-0716-3548-3 , 9781071635483
    ISSN: 1064-3745 , 1940-6029
    Series Statement: Methods in Molecular Biology 2738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Contributors PART I AN OVERVIEW OF THE DIVERSITY OF BACTERIOPHAGES 1 Structural and Genomic Diversity of Bacteriophages / Bert Ely, Jacob Lenski, and Tannaz Mohammadi 2 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in the Human Gut / Amanda Carroll-Portillo, Derek M. Lin, and Henry C. Lin 3 Breaking the Ice: A Review of Phages in Polar Ecosystems / Mara Elena Heinrichs, Gonçalo J. Piedade, Ovidiu Popa, Pacifica Sommers, Gareth Trubl, Julia Weissenbach, and Janina Rahlff 4 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in Hot Springs / Timothy J. Marks and Isabella R. Rowland PART II ISOLATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 5 Isolation of Bacteriophages from Soil Samples in a Poorly Equipped Field Laboratory in Kruger National Park / Ayesha Hassim and Kgaugelo Edward Lekota 6 Purification and Up-Concentration of Bacteriophages and Viruses from Fecal Samples / Frej Larsen, Rasmus Riemer Jakobsen, Xiaotian Mao, Josue Castro-Mejia, Ling Deng, and Dennis S. Nielsen 7 Isolation of Enterococcus Bacteriophages from Municipal Wastewater Samples Using an Enrichment Step / Cory Schwarz and Jacques Mathieu 8 Phage DNA Extraction, Genome Assembly, and Genome Closure / Justin Boeckman, Mei Liu, Jolene Ramsey, and Jason Gill PART III ENUMERATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 9 Enumeration of Bacteriophages by Plaque Assay / Diana Elizabeth Waturangi 10 Detection and Quantification of Bacteriophages in Wastewater Samples by Culture and Molecular Methods/ Laura Sala-Comorera, Maite Muniesa, and Lorena Rodríguez-Rubio 11 Flow Virometry: A Fluorescence-Based Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in Liquid Samples / Elena A. Dlusskaya and Rafik Dey 12 A Metagenomics Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in a Food Niche / Kelsey White, Giovanni Eraclio, Gabriele Andrea Lugli, Marco Ventura, Jennifer Mahony, Fabio Dal Bello, and Douwe van Sinderen PART IV CHARACTERIZATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 13 Bioinformatic Analysis of Staphylococcus Phages: A Key Step for Safe Cocktail Development / Soledad Telma Carrasco and He´ctor Ricardo Morbidoni 14 Use of Localized Reconstruction to Visualize the Shigella Phage Sf6 Tail Apparatus / Chun-Feng David Hou, Fenglin Li, Stephano Iglesias, and Gino Cingolani 15 Bacteriophage–Host Interactions and Coevolution / Diana M. Álvarez-Espejo, Dácil Rivera, and Andrea I. Moreno-Switt 16 Unraveling Physical Interactions of Clostridioides difficile with Phage and Phage-Derived Proteins Using In Vitro and Whole-Cell Assays / Wichuda Phothichaisri, Tanaporn Phetruen, Surang Chankhamhaengdecha, Tavan Janvilisri, Puey Ounjai, Robert P. Fagan, and Sittinan Chanarat 17 Phage Transduction of Staphylococcus aureus / Melissa-Jane Chu Yuan Kee and John Chen PART V APPLICATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES AND BACTERIOPHAGE-DERIVED COMPONENTS 18 The Next Generation of Drug Delivery: Harnessing the Power of Bacteriophages / Alaa A. A. Aljabali, Mohammad B. M. Aljbaly, Mohammad A. Obeid, Seyed Hossein Shahcheraghi, and Murtaza M. Tambuwala 19 Construction of Nonnatural Cysteine-Cross-Linked Phage Libraries / Brittney Chau, Kristi Liivak, and Jianmin Gao 20 Application of Deep Sequencing in Phage Display / Vincent Van Deuren, Sander Plessers, Rob Lavigne, and Johan Robben 21 The Application of Bacteriophage and Photoacoustic Flow Cytometry in Bacterial Identification / Robert H. Edgar, Anie-Pier Samson, and John A. Viator 22 Propagation, Purification, and Characterization of Bacteriophages for Phage Therapy / Katarzyna Kosznik-Kwaśnicka, Gracja Topka, Jagoda Mantej, Łukasz Grabowski, Agnieszka Necel, Grzegorz Węgrzyn, and Alicja Węgrzyn 23 Overcoming Bacteriophage Resistance in Phage Therapy / Elina Laanto 24 Bacteriophage Virus-Like Particles: Platforms for Vaccine Design / Ebenezer Tumban Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95700
    Description / Table of Contents: With Arctic ground as a huge and temperature-sensitive carbon reservoir, maintaining low ground temperatures and frozen conditions to prevent further carbon emissions that contrib-ute to global climate warming is a key element in humankind’s fight to maintain habitable con-ditions on earth. Former studies showed that during the late Pleistocene, Arctic ground condi-tions were generally colder and more stable as the result of an ecosystem dominated by large herbivorous mammals and vast extents of graminoid vegetation – the mammoth steppe. Characterised by high plant productivity (grassland) and low ground insulation due to animal-caused compression and removal of snow, this ecosystem enabled deep permafrost aggrad-ation. Now, with tundra and shrub vegetation common in the terrestrial Arctic, these effects are not in place anymore. However, it appears to be possible to recreate this ecosystem local-ly by artificially increasing animal numbers, and hence keep Arctic ground cold to reduce or-ganic matter decomposition and carbon release into the atmosphere. By measuring thaw depth, total organic carbon and total nitrogen content, stable carbon iso-tope ratio, radiocarbon age, n-alkane and alcohol characteristics and assessing dominant vegetation types along grazing intensity transects in two contrasting Arctic areas, it was found that recreating conditions locally, similar to the mammoth steppe, seems to be possible. For permafrost-affected soil, it was shown that intensive grazing in direct comparison to non-grazed areas reduces active layer depth and leads to higher TOC contents in the active layer soil. For soil only frozen on top in winter, an increase of TOC with grazing intensity could not be found, most likely because of confounding factors such as vertical water and carbon movement, which is not possible with an impermeable layer in permafrost. In both areas, high animal activity led to a vegetation transformation towards species-poor graminoid-dominated landscapes with less shrubs. Lipid biomarker analysis revealed that, even though the available organic material is different between the study areas, in both permafrost-affected and sea-sonally frozen soils the organic material in sites affected by high animal activity was less de-composed than under less intensive grazing pressure. In conclusion, high animal activity af-fects decomposition processes in Arctic soils and the ground thermal regime, visible from reduced active layer depth in permafrost areas. Therefore, grazing management might be utilised to locally stabilise permafrost and reduce Arctic carbon emissions in the future, but is likely not scalable to the entire permafrost region.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: X, 104, A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of contents ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG ABBREVIATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND 1.1.1 ARCTIC GROUND 1.1.2 THE PHENOMENON OF PERMAFROST 1.1.3 ARCTIC NON - PERMAFROST AREAS 1.1.4 HYPOTHESIS 1.2 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 1.3 METHODS 1.3.1 FIELD METHODS AND SAMPLING APPROACH 1.3.2 STUDY AREA SELECTION 1.3.3 LABORATORY METHODS 1.4 THESIS ORGANISATION CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA 2.1 ABSTRACT 2.2 I NTRODUCTION 2.3 STUDY AREA 2.4 METHODS 2.4.1 FIELD SAMPLING APPROACH 2.4.2 LABORATORY WORK 2.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND EXTERNAL DATA 2.5 RESULTS 2.5.1 VEGETATION ASSESSMENT 2.5.2 SEASONAL THAW DEPTH 2.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS (TOC, TOC/TN RATIOS , AND Δ13 C RATIOS ) 2.5.4 GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION AND WATER CONTENT 2.5.5 STATISTICS AND CORRELATION ANALYSIS 2.6 DISCUSSION 2.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING ON VEGETATION STRUCTURE AND PERMAFROST THAW 2.6.2 CARBON ACCUMULATION UNDER GRAZING IMPACT 2.6.3 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY 2.7 CONCLUSION 2.8 DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 2.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS 2.10 FUNDING 2.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.12 CONFLICT OF INTERESTS CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND: A PILOT STUDY 3.1 ABSTRACT 3.2 I NTRODUCTION 3.3 STUDY AREA 3.4 METHODS 3.4.1 FIELD WORK 3.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 3.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS 3.5 RESULTS 3.5.1 CORE DESCRIPTIONS 3.5.2 VEGETATION 3.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS 3.5.6 COMPARATIVE DATA ANALYSIS 3.6 DISCUSSION 3.6.1 REINDEER IMPACT ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE 3.6.2 REINDEER IMPACT ON VEGETATION 3.6.3 REINDEER IMPACT ON GROUND CHARACTERISTICS 3.6.4 SOC DENSITY AND STOCKS ACROSS THE KUTUHARJU STATION AREA 3.6.5 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY DESIGN 3.6.6 IMPLICATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 3.7 CONCLUSION 3.8 DATA AVAILABILITY 3.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 3.10 COMPETING INTERESTS 3.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 3.12 FUNDING TABLE 3-1 TABLE 3-2 TABLE 3-3 CHAPTER 4: LIPID BIOMARKER SCREENING TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY FROZEN ARCTIC GROUND 4.1 ABSTRACT 4.2 I NTRODUCTION 4.3 STUDY AREA 4.4 METHODS 4.4.1 SAMPLING APPROACH 4.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 4.4.3 LIPID BIOMARKER INDICES 4.4.4 STATISTICS 4.5 RESULTS 4.5.1 TOC 4.5.2 C/N RATIO 4.5.3 STABLE CARBON ISOTOPE RATIO 4.5.4 ABSOLUTE N- ALKANE CONCENTRATION 4.5.5 AVERAGE CHAIN LENGTH 4.5.6 CARBON PREFERENCE INDEX 4.5.7 HIGHER - PLANT ALCOHOL INDEX 4.5.8 STATISTICAL RESULTS 4.6 DISCUSSION 4.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING INTENSITY ON BIOMARKER SIGNALS 4.6.2 EFFECTS OF GROUND THERMAL REGIME ON SOIL OM DEGRADATION 4.6.3 I MPACT OF HERBIVORY ON PERMAFROST OM STORAGE 4.7 CONCLUSION 4.8 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 4.9 COMPETING INTERESTS 4.10 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 4.11 FUNDING 4.12 DATA AVAILABILITY CHAPTER 5: SYNTHESIS 5.1 ECOSYSTEM CHANGES UNDER THE IMPACT OF LARGE HERBIVORES 5.2 GRAZING EFFECTS ON SOIL ORGANIC MATTER DECOMPOSITION 5.3 F EASIBILITY OF UTILISING HERBIVORY IN THE ARCTIC 5.4 RESEARCH IMPLICATIONS FOR SUCCESSFUL PLANNING AND USE OF ARCTIC HERBIVORY REFERENCES 93 FINANCIAL AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX I ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA APPENDIX II WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF HERBIVORE DIVERSITY ON TUNDRA ECOSYSTEMS ? A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW (ABSTRACT) APPENDIX III SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA APPENDIX IV SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND : A PILOT STUDY APPENDIX V SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 4: A PILOT STUDY OF LIPID BIOMARKERS TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY ROZEN ARCTIC GROUND APPENDIX VI SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO APPENDIX IV: ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - DANKSAGUNG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: AWI A7-24-95703
    Description / Table of Contents: The icosahedral non-hydrostatic large eddy model (ICON-LEM) was applied around the drift track of the Multidisciplinary Observatory Study of the Arctic (MOSAiC) in 2019 and 2020. The model was set up with horizontal grid-scales between 100m and 800m on areas with radii of 17.5km and 140 km. At its lateral boundaries, the model was driven by analysis data from the German Weather Service (DWD), downscaled by ICON in limited area mode (ICON-LAM) with horizontal grid-scale of 3 km. The aim of this thesis was the investigation of the atmospheric boundary layer near the surface in the central Arctic during polar winter with a high-resolution mesoscale model. The default settings in ICON-LEM prevent the model from representing the exchange processes in the Arctic boundary layer in accordance to the MOSAiC observations. The implemented sea-ice scheme in ICON does not include a snow layer on sea-ice, which causes a too slow response of the sea-ice surface temperature to atmospheric changes. To allow the sea-ice surface to respond faster to changes in the atmosphere, the implemented sea-ice parameterization in ICON was extended with an adapted heat capacity term. The adapted sea-ice parameterization resulted in better agreement with the MOSAiC observations. However, the sea-ice surface temperature in the model is generally lower than observed due to biases in the downwelling long-wave radiation and the lack of complex surface structures, like leads. The large eddy resolving turbulence closure yielded a better representation of the lower boundary layer under strongly stable stratification than the non-eddy-resolving turbulence closure. Furthermore, the integration of leads into the sea-ice surface reduced the overestimation of the sensible heat flux for different weather conditions. The results of this work help to better understand boundary layer processes in the central Arctic during the polar night. High-resolving mesoscale simulations are able to represent temporally and spatially small interactions and help to further develop parameterizations also for the application in regional and global models.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 110 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , Contents 1. Introduction 2. Boundary Layers Types of the Atmosphere 2.1. The Convective Boundary Layer (CBL) 2.2. The Neutral Boundary Layer (NBL) 2.3. The Stable Boundary Layer (SBL) 3. The Closure problem 4. Model description 4.1. Applied model versions 4.2. Governing equations 4.3. Horizontal grid 4.4. Vertical grid 4.5. Lateral boundaries 4.6. Parametrizations 4.6.1. Radiation scheme 4.6.2. Microphysics 4.6.3. Mellor-Yamada scheme 4.6.4. Smagorinsky scheme 4.6.5. Sea ice scheme 4.7. Difference to classical LES Models 5. Experimental Setup 6. MOSAiC Measurements 6.1. ARM Meteorological tower 6.2. Radiosondes 7. Model evaluation for the central Arctic 7.1. Impact of the horizontal resolution 7.1.1. Under cold, light wind conditions 7.1.2. Under stormy conditions 7.2. Impact of the sea-ice scheme 7.3. Impact of the lower boundary conditions 7.4. Impact of the parametrization schemes under cold, light wind conditions 7.4.1. Near-surface variables 7.4.2. Vertical profiles 7.4.3. Surface fluxes 7.4.4. Boundary Layer Height 7.5. Impact of the parametrization schemes under stormy conditions 7.5.1. Near-surface variables 7.5.2. Vertical profiles 7.5.3. Surface fluxes 7.5.4. Boundary Layer height 8. Discussion and Summary Acknowledgements Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: 9780128188484
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 1088 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-12-818847-7 , 9780128188484 , 978-0-12-818848-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors Foreword Preface Acknowledgments 1. Background and Approach / Michael D. Delong, Martin C. Thoms, Timothy D. Jardine, and Arthur C. Benke INTRODUCTION BASIC APPROACH CHAPTER CONTENTS AND BACKGROUND REFERENCES 2. Atlantic Coast Rivers of the Northeastern United States / John K. Jackson, Sally A. Entrekin, Hamish S. Greig, and Allison H. Roy INTRODUCTION KENNEBEC RIVER MERRIMACK RIVER HOUSATONIC RIVER RARITAN RIVER MULLICA RIVER PATUXENT RIVER POTOMAC RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 3. Atlantic Coast Rivers of the Southeastern United States / Cecil A. Jennings, Elizabeth P. Anderson, Arthur C. Benke, Tom J. Kwak, Mark C. Scott, and Leonard A Smock INTRODUCTION YORK RIVER ROANOKE RIVER GREAT PEE DEE RIVER SANTEE RIVER EDISTO RIVER ALTAMAHA RIVER SATILLA RIVER ST. MARYS RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 4. Gulf Coast Rivers of the Southeastern United States / G. Milton Ward, Amelia K. Ward, and Phillip M. Harris INTRODUCTION PASCAGOULA RIVER TOMBIGBEE RIVER BLACK WARRIOR RIVER COOSA-TALLAPOOSA RIVERS CONECUH-ESCAMBIA RIVER CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER FLINT RIVER CALOOSAHATCHEE RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 5. Gulf Coast Rivers of the Southwestern United States / Jude A. Benavides, John Karges, Kevin B. Mayes, Hanadi S. Rifai, and Cyndi V. Castro INTRODUCTION PECOS RIVER DEVILS RIVER NUECES RIVER NUECES-RIO GRANDE BASIN SAN MARCOS RIVER TRINITY RIVER SAN JACINTO RIVER NECHES RIVER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS REFERENCES 6. Rivers of the Lower Mississippi Basin / Clifford A. Ochs, Joseph Baustian, Audrey B. Harrison, Paul Hartfield, Carol Johnston, Catherine A. Justis, Daniel Larsen, Andrew Mickelson, Bryan P. Piazza, and Jonathan J. Spurgeon INTRODUCTION CURRENT RIVER CACHE RIVER HATCHIE RIVER WOLF RIVER OUACHITA RIVER SALINE RIVER BIG SUNFLOWER RIVER ATCHAFALAYA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 7. Southern Plains Rivers / Caryn C. Vaughn, Keith B. Gido, Kevin R. Bestgen, Joshuah S. Perkin, and Steven P. Platania INTRODUCTION ARKANSAS RIVER HEADWATERS CANADIAN RIVER HEADWATERS CIMARRON RIVER NINNESCAH RIVER NEOSHO RIVER ILLINOIS RIVER WASHITA RIVER KIAMICHI RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 8. Upper Mississippi River Basin / Michael D. Delong, Gregory W. Whitledge, Charles H. Theiling, and James T. Lamer INTRODUCTION CHIPPEWA RIVER ROOT RIVER WAPSIPINICON RIVER DES MOINES-SKUNK RIVERS ROCK RIVER SANGAMON RIVER MERAMEC RIVER KASKASKIA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 9. Ohio River Basin / David S. White and Susan P. Hendricks INTRODUCTION GREEN RIVER KENTUCKY RIVER GREAT MIAMI RIVER LICKING RIVER SCIOTO RIVER MUSKINGUM RIVER ALLEGHENY RIVER MONONGAHELA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 10. Missouri River Basin / David L. Galat, Patrick J. Braaten, Christopher Guy, Christopher Hoagstrom, Travis Horton, David Moser, and Craig Paukert INTRODUCTION MADISON RIVER MILK RIVER CHEYENNE RIVER NIOBRARA RIVER BIG SIOUX RIVER KANSAS RIVER GRAND RIVER OSAGE RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 11. Colorado River Basin / Anya N. Metcalfe, Jeffrey D. Muehlbauer, Morgan A. Ford, and Theodore A. Kennedy INTRODUCTION GUNNISON RIVER SAN JUAN RIVER VIRGIN RIVER BILL WILLIAMS RIVER BLACK RIVER VERDE RIVER SALT RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 12. Pacific Coast Rivers of the Coterminous United States / Arthur C. Benke, Vincent H. Resh, Patina K. Mendez, Peter B. Moyle, and Stanley V. Gregory INTRODUCTION SKAGIT RIVER UMPQUA RIVER EEL RIVER RUSSIAN RIVER SANTA ANA RIVER SANTA MARGARITA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 13. Columbia River Basin / Jack A. Stanford, Audrey Thompson, Eli Asher, Stanley V. Gregory, Gordon Reeves, Don Ratliff, Nick Bouwes, Christopher Frissell, and Richard N. Williams INTRODUCTION METHOW RIVER WENATCHEE RIVER COWLITZ RIVER SPOKANE RIVER DESCHUTES RIVER JOHN DAY RIVER GRANDE RONDE RIVER CLEARWATER RIVER OWYHEE RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 14. Great Basin Rivers / Dennis K. Shiozawa, Andrea L. Kokkonen, Peter C. Searle, and Samantha A. Tilden INTRODUCTION CARSON RIVER MARYS RIVER WEBER RIVER PROVO RIVER SPANISH FORK RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 15. Fraser River Basin / Eduardo G. Martins, Stephen J. Déry, and David A. Patterson INTRODUCTION WEST ROAD (BLACKWATER) RIVER QUESNEL RIVER CHILCOTIN RIVER LILLOOET-HARRISON RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 16. Pacific Coast Rivers of Canada and Alaska / Alexander M. Milner, Kristin Carpenter, Michael D. Delong, Jonathan Moore, Gordon Reeves, and Ciara Sharpe INTRODUCTION CHILKAT RIVER COPPER RIVER NASS RIVER NUSHAGAK RIVER TAKU RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 17. Yukon River Basin / Robert C. Bailey and Christopher R. Burn INTRODUCTION TESLIN RIVER PELLY RIVER WHITE RIVER STEWART RIVER PORCUPINE RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 18. Mackenzie River Basin / Joseph M. Culp, Eric A. Luiker, Robert B. Brua, Jordan L. Musetta-Lambert, Daryl B. Halliwell, and Jennifer Lento INTRODUCTION SMOKY RIVER STEEPBANK RIVER HAY RIVER SOUTH NAHANNI RIVER YELLOWKNIFE RIVER ARCTIC RED RIVER PEEL RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 19. Nelson and Churchill River Basins / lain Phillips, Timothy D. Jardine, Karl-Erich Lindenschmidt, Cherie Westbrook, and John Pomeroy INTRODUCTION SIBBALD CREEK BOW RIVER BEAVER RIVER OTTER TAIL RIVER QU’APPELLE RIVER DAUPHIN RIVER SMITH CREEK ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 20. Rivers of Arctic North America / Jennifer Lento, Sarah M. Laske, Eric A. Luiker, Joseph M. Culp, Leslie Jones, Christian E. Zimmerman, and Wendy A. Monk INTRODUCTION KOBUK RIVER COLVILLE RIVER THELON RIVER KAZAN RIVER KOROC RIVER NAKVAK BROOK THOMSEN RIVER RUGGLES RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 21. Atlantic Coast Rivers of Canada / Wendy A. Monk, Michelle A. Gray, James H. McCarthy, Kurt M. Samways, and R. Allen Curry INTRODUCTION CHURCHILL RIVER HUMBER RIVER MARGAREE RIVER BEDEQUE BAY COMPLEX FUNDY COMPLEX CASCAPEDIA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 22. St. Lawrence River—Great Lakes Basin / Gary A. Lamberti, Andrew F. Casper, David M. Costello, and David J. Janetski INTRODUCTION AU SABLE RIVER BLACK RIVER CUYAHOGA RIVER MAUMEE RIVER MUSKEGON RIVER ONTONAGON RIVER RIVIERE RICHELIEU RIVIERE SAINT-MAURICE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 23. Rivers of Mexico / Allison A. Pease, Krista A. Capps, Maria M. Castillo, Dean A. Hendrickson, Manuel Mendoza-Carranza, Rocio Rodiles-Hernandez, Colton Avila, and Topiltzin Contreras-MacBeath INTRODUCTION RIO FUERTE RIO SALADO RIO NAZAS-AGUANAVAL RIO TAMESI RIO BALSAS RIO DE LA SIERRA RIO LACANTUN RIO HONDO ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 24. Rivers of North America: Overview and Future Prospects / J. David Allan, Mary L. Khoury, Michael D. Delong, Timothy D. Jardine, and Arthur C. Benke THE VARIETY OF RIVERS RESTORATION AND RECOVERY OF NORTH AMERICA’S RIVERS CONCLUSION REFERENCES Appendix Glossary Index of Rivers
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91535
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: Getr. Zählung: Ill., graph. Darst.
    Language: German
    Note: Karlsruhe, Univ., Diss., 1981 , INHALT: Zusammenfassung. - 1. Einleitung. - 1.1 Stand der Carbonatitforschung: experimentelle Untersuchungen und Bildungshypothesen. - 1.2 Mikrothermische Untersuchungen an fluiden Einschlüssen in Carbonatitmineralen. - 1.3 Der Carbonatit des Kaiserstuhls. - 1.4 Problemstellung, Methodisches. - 2. Das Probenmaterial. - 2.1 Proherrnahme und Aufbereitung. - 2.2 Probenpräparation für die Einschlußuntersuchungen. - 2.3 Optische Untersuchung, Phänomenologie. - 2.31 Anordnung, Verwachsungen und Habitus der Apatite. - 2.32 Die Einschlüsse der Apatite. - 2.321 Cavitätenformen, Füllungen, Dimensionen. - 2.322 Kriterien für primäre Einschlußbildung und sekundäre Veränderungen. - 2.323 Unterschiedliche Einschlußführung in Apatiten und anderen Mineralen. - 3. Apparaturen. - 3.1 Die mikrothermische Apparatur. - 3.11 Konzeption und Ausführung des Beiz-Kühltisches. - 3.12 Eichung des Beiz-Kühltisches. - 3.13 Präzision und Probleme im Meßbetrieb. - 3.2 Kühlplatte. - 3.3 Quetschtisch. - 4. Zur Theorie der Einschlußuntersuchungen. - 4.1 Geometrische Berechnungen. - 4.11 Berechnung des Cavitätenvolumens. - 4.12 Fehlerdiskussion. - 4.13 Grenzen der optischen Auflösung. - 4.2 Zur Theorie der Phasenverhältnisse. - 4.21 Einschlußbildung und Phasentrennung. - 4.22 Phasenverhältnisse in Einkomponentensystemen, Homogenisierungskurven. - 4.23 Phasenverhältnisse in Wasser-Salz-Systemen: H2O-NaCl; H2O-NaCl-KCl. - 4.24 Phasenverhältnisse in Wasser-Gas-Systemen: CO2-H2O. - 5. Konstruktion der Phasendiagramme. - 5.1 H2O. - 5.2 CO2. - 5.3 H2O-NaCl. - 5.4 CO2-H2O. - 5.5 Wasser-Salzsysteme mit kritischen Endpunkten (PQ-Systeme). - 5.6 Wasser-Salzsysteme bei stark positivem Temperaturkoeffizient der Löslichkeit der Salzkomponente: H2O-KCl, H2O-NaCl-KCl. - 5.7 System CO2-H2O-NaCl. - 6. Untersuchungsergebnisse. - 6.1 Experimentelle Untersuchungen an einzelnen Einschlüssen: Mikrothermometrie und destruktive Methoden. - 6.11 Einphasige Einschlüsse mit Gasfüllung. - 6.12 Calcit als Einphaseneinschluß im Apatit. - 6.13 Zweiphaseneinschlüsse L+V. - 6.14 Dreiphaseneinschlüsse LH2O + LCO2 +V. - 6.15 Einschlüsse mit übersättigten Lösungen (Multiphaseneinschlüsse). - 6.16 Fluide Einschlüsse im Calcit des Carbonatits. - 6.2 Analytische Untersuchungen. - 6.21 Kationen und Anionen in wäßrigen Extrakten des Apatitmahlgutes. - 6.22 Bitumenphasen in organischen Solventextrakten. - 6.23 Gasanalytische Messungen. - 7. Genetische Interpretation der Einschlußresultate. - 7.1 Das Subsystem H2O-Salzphasen. - 7.11 H2O-NaCl. - 7.12 H2O-NaCl-Na2SO4/Na2CO3. - 7.13 H2O-NaCl-KCl. - 7.2 Druckmodelle im seichten, subvulkanischen Niveau. - 7.21 Hydrostatische Bedingungen. - 7.22 Lithostatische Bedingungen. - 7.3 Das Subsystem CO2-H2O 7.4 Kombination der Teilsysteme, das System CO2-H2O-NaCl bei volumenkontrollierten Bedingungen. - 7.5 Zusammenfassung und Vergleich mit den Resultaten aus anderen Carbonatitlokalitäten. - 8. Petrogenetische Schlußfolgerungen. - 8.1 Magmatische Carbonatitintrusion und autometasomatische Folgeprozesse. - 8.2 Hydrothermaltransport des Calcits. - 8.3 Überlegungen zur Herkunft der Salzphasen. - 8.4 Künftige, weiterführende Untersuchungen. - 8.5 Zusammenfassung. - 9.0 Anhang I Abbildungen. - 10.0 Anhang II Originalmeßwerte.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91903
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 93 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe Anwendung von Isotopen und Kernstrahlungen in Wissenschaft und Technik 5
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Einleitung. - 2. Grundlagen der 15N-Tracertechnik. - 3. Versuchsplanung und -auswertung. - 3.1. Begriffe und Symbole. - 3.2. Formeln und Definitionen für die Berechnung der in der 15N-Tracertechnik benötigten Größen. - 3.2.1. Relative 15N-Häufigkeit. - 3.2.2. Molmasse. - 3.2.3. Stickstoffgehalt. - 3.2.4. N-Masse. - 3.2.5. Stoffmenge. - 3.2.6. N-Menge. - 3.2.7. 15N- bzw. 14N-Menge. - 3.2.8. 15N-Masse. - 3.2.9. 15N-Exzeßmasse. - 3.2.10. Titrimetrische Neutralisationsanalysen. - 3.2.11. Spektren-Auswertung der 15N-Messung. - 3.3. Untersuchung statischer Eigenschaften biologischer Systeme (statische Isotopenverdünnungsanalyse). - 3.4. Untersuchung des dynamischen Verhaltens biologischer Systeme. - 3.4.1. Modellierung von Tracerprozessen. - 3.4.2. Theoretische Grundlagen der mathematischen Modellierung. - 3.4.3. Modell des Stickstoff-Stoffwechsels im Ackerboden. - 3.5. Berechnungsbeispiele zu den Abschnitten 3.2. bis 3.4. - 3.5.1. Isotopenstöchiometrie. - 3.5.2. Titrimetrische Analyse einer 15N-markierten Substanz. - 3.5.3. Isotopenverdünnungsanalyse. - 3.5.4. Tracerkinetik. - 3.6. Literatur. - 4. Methodik der Probenaufbereitung und Isotopenanalytik. - 4.1. Aufarbeitung des Probenmaterials. - 4.2. Chemische Aufbereitung. - 4.3. Probenchemie. - 4.3.1. Dumas-Methode. - 4.3.2. Hypobromit-Methode. - 4.3.3. Sonstige Methoden. - 4.4. Isotopenanalytik. - 4.4.1. Emissionsspektrometrische 15N-Analytik. - 4.4.1.1. Isotopenanalytik mit dem 15N-Analysator NOI-5. - 4.4.1.2. Isotopenanalytik mit dem automatischen 15N-Analysator ISONITROMAT 5200. - 4.4.2. Massenspektrometrische 15N-Isotopenanalyse. - 4.4.3. Methodenvergleich. - 4.5. Fehlerquellen in der 15N-Analytik. - 4.6. Weitere Analysenmethoden in der 15N-Tracertechnik. - 4.6.1. NMR-Spektroskopie. - 4.6.2. Kombinierte Gaschromatographie-Massenspektroskopie und Hochdruck-Flüssigkeitschromatographie-Massenspektroskopie. - 4.7. Literatur. - 5. 15N-Anwendung in der Biochemie. - 5.1. Die biologische Stickstoff-Fixierung. - 5.2. Pflanzenphysiologie. - 5.3. Tierphysiologie. - 5.4. Literatur. - 6. 15N-Anwendung in der landwirtschaftlichen Forschung. - 6.1. Allgemeines. - 6.2. Die Anwendung 15N-markierter Düngemittel zum Studium des N-Umsatzes im Boden. - 6.2.1. Stickstoff-Festlegung. - 6.2.1.1. Ammoniumfixierung und Sorption an organischen Bodenbestandteilen. - 6.2.1.2. Stickstoff-Festlegung in organischen N-Verbindungen. - 6.2.2. Verfügbarkeit und Mobilisierung von Stickstoff. - 6.2.3. Stickstoff-Transformation und Dynamik des Stickstoff-Umsatzes. - 6.2.3.1. Mineralisierung und Immobilisierung. - 6.2.3 .2. Humifizierung. - 6.2.3.3. Nitritzersetzung im Boden. - 6.2.4. Ausnutzung des Düngemittel-Stickstoffs und Stickstoff-Verluste (N-Bilanz). - 6.2.5. Migration von Düngemittel-Stickstoff im Boden. - 6.2.6. Nachwirkungseffekt. - 6.2.7. Forstwirtschaftliche Untersuchungen mit 15N. - 6.3. Die Anwendung 15N-markierter Düngemittel zum Studium des Stickstoff-Umsatzes in der Pflanze. - 6.3.1. Die Aufnahme des Stickstoffs und ihre Beeinflussung durch N-Form, Applikationsart, Pflanzenart, Ernährungszustand, Spurenelementversorgung, Temperatur und Zusammensetzung des Nährsubstrates (Stickstoff-Fixierung). - 6.3.2. Die Ausnutzung des Düngemittel-Stickstoffs durch die Pflanze. - 6.3.3. Verteilung des Dünge-Stickstoffs in der Pflanze. - 6.3.4. Stoffwechsel des gedüngten Stickstoffs. - 6.4. Die Untersuchung des Stickstoff-Umsatzes im Tier mittels 15N. - 6.4.1. Eiweißstoffwechsel. - 6.4.1.1. Proteinverdaulichkeit, Stickstoff-Verweilzeitstudien und Aminosäure-Resorptionskinetik. - 6.4.1.2. Biosynthese von Eiproteinen. - 6.4.1.3. Metabolismus von NPN-Verbindungen bei Wiederkäuern. - 6.5. Literatur. - 7. 15N-Anwendung in der medizinischen Forschung. - 7.1. Besonderheiten der Anwendung stabiler Isotope in der Humanmedizin. - 7.2. Biochemie des Intermediärstoffwechsels. - 7.2.1. Anatomische Lokalisation von Stoffwechselprozessen. - 7.2.2. Aufklärung von Stoffwechselwegen durch Erfassung der Stoffwechselzwischen- oder Endprodukte. - 7.2.3. Bestimmung der mittleren Verweilzeit bzw. Lebensdauer von Verbindungen. - 7.2.4. Bestimmung der Größe von Stoffwechsel-Pools. - 7.3. Gastroenterologie. - 7.4. Pädiatrie. - 7.5. Ernährung. - 7.6. Beiträge zur Diagnostik und Ursachenforschung von Krankheiten und zu pharmakologischen Fragestellungen. - 7.7. Literatur.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : Department of Science and Technology, Antarctic Division Australia
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P2-86-0256
    In: Antarctic Telecommunications Guidance Manual, Volume 1
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Diverse Seitenangaben (ca. 50 Seiten)
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Distribution List. - List of acronyms and abbreviations used. - Record of Amendments. - Foreword to 1st Edition. - Foreword to 2nd Edition. - HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENTS OF ANTARCTIC COMMUNICATIONS. - CONSIDERATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS BY SCAR AND ANTARCTIC TREATY CONSULTATIVE PARTIES. - OPERATION OF INDIVIDUAL NATIONS' NETWORKS. - Australia's Antarctic Communications. - Japan's Antarctic communications. - UK Antarctic communications. - US Antarctic communications. - ANTARCTIC TREATY RESOLUTIONS ON ANTARCTIC COMMUNICATIONS. - WMO RESOLUTIONS AND PRINCIPLES ON ANTARCTIC COMMUNICATIONS. - Introduction. - Engineering principles of the GTS. - Functions and responsibilities of Meteorological Telecommunications Centres. - Characteristics of the networks of the GTS. - Operational principles of the GTS. - The transmission of meteorological data an the GTS. - Collection and transmission of meteorological data. - Data processing. - Telecommunications system. - Weather reporting by traverse parties. - Automatic weather station in the Antarctic. - AIREP reports. - Mobile ship stations. - OTHER RELEVANT RECOMMENDATIONS AND RESOLUTIONS. - APPENDIXES. - APPENDIX I. - Manual an the Global Data Processing System, Regional Aspects, the Antarctic. - APPENDIX II. - Network of CLIMAT and CLIMAT TEMP reporting stations in the Antarctic. - APPENDIX III. - Results of the monitoring of Antarctic data reception carried out during the period 12-15 March 1982. - APPENDIX IV. - Existing links for the daily international exchange of meteorological data within the Antarctic. - APPENDIX V. - Principal routes by which Antarctic meteorological data enters the GTS. - APPENDIX VI. - List of Antarctic stations and the routing of their meteorological data to the GTS.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/24
    In: CRREL Report, 82-24
    Description / Table of Contents: Velocity data derived from petroleum industry seismic records from Harrison Bay show that high-velocity material ( or = 2 km/s) interpreted to be ice-bonded permafrost is common. In the eastern part of the bay, the depth to high velocity material increases and velocity decreases in an orderly manner with increasing distance from shore until the layer is no longer apparent. The western part of the bay is less orderly, possibly reflecting a different geological and thermal history. This western part may be an inundated section of the low coastal plain characterized by the region north of Teshekpuk Lake, and could have contained deep thaw lakes, creating low velocity zones. Along some seismic lines, the high-velocity material extends approximately 25 km offshore. Two anomalies have been found which could be associated with rapidly degrading permafrost. One is strong attenuation, which was interpreted as an indication of gas in the shallow deposits. The other is the presence of considerable seismic noise, including identifiable small seismic events. The origin of this noise has not been positively established, and it is proposed that it may indicate that some movement is occurring in the sediments due to thaw.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 65 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-24
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Methods Reading records Refractions Reflections Rayleigh waves Spatial resolution Anomalies Results and discussion Seismic velocity distribution Attenuation Low-level natural seismicity Summary Literature cited Appendix A: Error estimates Appendix B: Velocity profiles Appendix C: Seismic cross sections
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/26
    In: CRREL Report, 82-26
    Description / Table of Contents: The Caribou-Poker Creeks Research Watershed is a small (101.5-sq km) drainage basin located 48 km northwest of Fairbanks, Alaska. Elevations within the watershed range from 210 to 826 m, and approximately 28% of its area is underlain by permafrost. Climatic differences between the watershed and Fairbanks are primarily due to the higher elevation of the watershed. Generally the watershed climatic sites are warmer in winter and cooler in summer than Fairbanks. Within the watershed the greatest temperature contrasts exist in winter, when the valley-bottom sites are beneath the regional air temperature inversion, and the higher sites are above it. From May through September the total precipitation averages 270 mm, 1.47 times that received at Fairbanks. The annual precipitation is about 1.7 times that of Fairbanks. The historical precipitation record at Fairbanks indicates that summer precipitation was below the long-term normal in eight of the eleven years of watershed measurements (1969-1980); no climatic extremes occurred during this period. An analysis of annual streamflow data showed an inconsistency of baseflow recessions from year to year. The runoff-rainfall ratio for individual summer storms averaged 0.35 for Caribou Creek. Comparisons of spot discharge measurements of predominantly permafrost and non-permafrost subwatersheds showed that permafrost-dominated watersheds have a much flashier response to precipitation than non-permafrost watersheds. A comparison of the annual flow distribution of the watershed indicated that Caribou Creek has lower summer and higher winter discharges per unit area than the Chena or Salcha Rivers.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 42 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-26
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Setting Geology and soils Vegetation Climate Air temperature Precipitation Hydrology Annual and monthly runoff Individual storms Baseflow recessions Spatial flow variability Temporal flow variability Summary and conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Station histories
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/27
    In: CRREL Report, 82-27
    Description / Table of Contents: Recommendations for economical thicknesses for building insulation result from a study of fuel and construction costs of 12 military installations in Alaska. A comparison between the insulation thickness that a building owner might choose today and what he might choose in 20 years indicates a trend for much thicker insulation in the future. An analysis of how much more expensive a building built today with the thickness that would be appropriate 20 years hence indicates only a small penalty in life-cycle costs for the additional insulation. Therefore, a minimum of R-32 walls and R-62 attics is recommended for most of Alaska.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 54 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-27
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Conversion factors Summary Introduction Determining economic thicknesses for insulation Background Analysis method for new construction Analysis method for reinsulating existing construction Sensitivity and longevity of the results Sensitivity Longevity Recommendations Saving money vs. saving energy Energy economics conservation Building energy performance standards Conclusion Literature cited Appendix A: Heating system costs Appendix B: Present worth factors Appendix C: Base case and incremental thermal properties Appendix D: LCC comparison graphs for wall and roof systems Appendix E: Cost penalties for energy conservatism Appendix F: Graphic aid for figuring energy savings thermal improvements
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/29
    In: CRREL Report, 82-29
    Description / Table of Contents: Ice grains in a snow cover with a low temperature gradient assume a well-rounded equilibrium form. However, at temperature gradients of 0.1 to 0.2 C/cm (depending somewhat on temperature and snow density), the rounded grains recrystallize into a faceted kinetic growth form. The large temperature gradient must play a decisive role in moving the vapor fast enough to sustain the rapid growth rate associated with the kinetic growth form. Once the large temperature gradient is removed, the grains recrystallize back to the equilibrium form. the recrystallization occurs in either direction without a change in bulk density. The growth of faceted crystals begins at the warmer base of the snow cover where the excess vapor pressure is largest. A transition between the overlying rounded grains moves upward in time. Faceted crystals also grow just below crusts of reduced permeability, where the increased vapor accumulation can sustain the excess vapor pressure neded for kinetic growth. The heat and vapor flows are described using a model based on thermodynamic equilibrium. The temperature distribution is shown to be quasi-linear at steady state in homogeneous snow. The recrystallization of the snow is modeled using the rounded grains as sources and the faceted grains as sinks. In the future this model should be extended to account for different temperatures among the sources and sinks.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 27 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-29
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Abstract Preface Introduction Vapor flow Temperature profile Crystal growth rates Equilibirum versus kinetic growth forms of snow crystals Discussion Summary Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/30
    In: CRREL Report, 82-30
    Description / Table of Contents: Equations are developed that can be used to determine the amount of gas present in sea ice from measurements of the bulk ice density, salinity and temperature in the temperature range o f-2 to -30°C. Conversely these relationships can be used to give the density of sea ice as a function of its temperature and salinity, considering both the presence of gas and of solid salts in the ice. Equations are also given that allow the calculation of the gas and brine volumes in the ice at temperatures other than that at which the bulk density was determined.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 13 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-82/31
    In: CRREL Report, 82-31
    Description / Table of Contents: Information on sea ice conditions in the Bering Strait and the icefoot formation around Fairway Rock, located in the strait, is presented. Cross-sectional profiles of Fairway Rock and the relief of the icefoot are given along with theoretical analyses of the possible forces active during icefoot formation. It is shown that the ice cover most likely fails in flexure as opposed to crushing or buckling, as the former requires less force. Field observations reveal that the Fairway Rock icefoot is massive, with ridges up to 15 m high, a seaward face only 20 degrees from vertical, and interior ridge slopes averaging 33 degrees. The icefoot is believed to be grounded and its width ranges from less than 10 to over 100 m.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 44 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 82-31
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Bering Strait Field reconnaissance Estimation of ice forces on Fairway Rock 1. Creep deformation 2. Crushing failure 3. Flexural failure 4. Forces required to form floating or grounded pressure ridges along therock or to pile ice on the beaches 5. Buckling failure Driving forces Angle of internal friction of sea ice Summary Literature cited Appendix A: April 1982 field observations at Fairway Rock
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: AWI G9-19-92232
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 28 Seiten
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: ZSP-201-84/9
    In: CRREL Report, 84-9
    Description / Table of Contents: This report presents the results of the first phase of a test program designed to obtain a comprehensive understanding of the mechanical properties of multi-year sea ice from the Alaskan Beaufort Sea. In Phase I, 222 constant-strain-rate uni-axial compression tests were performed on ice samples from ten multi-year pressure ridges to examine the magnitude and variation of ice strength within and between pressure ridges. A limited number of constant-strain-rate compression and tension tests, constant-load compression tests, and conventional triaxial tests were also performed on ice samples from a multi-year floe to provide preliminary data for developing ice yield criteria and constitutive laws for multi-year sea ice. Data are presented on the strength, failure strain, and modulus of multi-year sea ice under different loading conditions. The statistical variation of ice strength within and between pressure ridges is examined, as well as the effects of ice temperature, porosity, structure, strain rate and confining pressure on the mechanical properties of multi-year sea ice.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 107 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 84-9
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Field Sampling Site selection and description Ice sampling procedures Shipping and storage of ice samples Testing Techniques Multi-year Pressure Ridge Tests Ice description Sampling scheme and test variables Uniaxial compressive strength Residual compressive strength Failure strains Initial tangent modulus Statistical Variations in Ice Strength Differences in strength above and below level ice Sources of the variation in strength Shape of the strength histograms Multi-year Floe Ice Tests Ice description Uniaxial compressive strength Constant-load compression tests Constant-strain-rate tension tests Triaxial tests Conclusions Literature Cited Appendix A: Structural profile of a multi-year pressure ridge core Appendix B: Ridge uniaxial compression test data Appendix C: Structural profile of the continuous multi-year floe core Appendix D: Multi-year floe test data
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...